مشروع تخرجArcGIS Pro 2021 اشراف د م فادي شعبان

‫ﻣﺷروع ﺗﺧرج‪ :‬إﻋداد أﺣﻣد ﻣﺣﻣد & ﻧور ﻋﻔﯾﺻﺔ ‪ -‬اﺷراف د ﻓﺎدي ﺷﻌﺑﺎن‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺟــﺎﻣــﻌــﺔ ﺗــﺷــﺭﻳــﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻬـﻧـﺩﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺳـﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁـﺑـﻭﻏـﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻦ‬ ‫إﻧﺘﺎج ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻃﺒﻮﻏﺮاﻓﻲ وﺗﺤﻠﻴ ت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃُﻋﺪ ﺕ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﻟﻮﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪ�ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻭﺭ ﺳﻣﻳﺭ ﻋﻔﻳﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻣﺩ ﺇﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺣﻣﺩ‬
‫ﻣــﺷــﺭﻑ ﻣـﺷـﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻣــﺷـــﺭﻑ ﺭﺋــﻳـــﺱ‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ ﺇﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺣﻣﺩ ﻋﺑﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ ﻓﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺯﺍﻟﺩﻳﻥ ﺷﻌﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ ‪2020-2021‬‬

‫‪ 1‬‬ ‫ﻘﺎت ﻋ ﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺗ‬ ‫دﻟ ﻞ ﺗﻌﻠ ﻲ ﻟ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍ ً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻁﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻁﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪ Esri‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ً ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺩﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪(ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺎءﺕ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ™‪ ArcGIS‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫®‪، Esri‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ، ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ،(GIS‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻼً ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺎ ً ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺎ ً ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ )‪ ،(ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ )ﺣﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﻜﺘﺒﻲ(‬
‫ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪ ،(ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،GIS‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪6 ............................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪11 ............................................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪12 ......................................................................... (GIS‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬؟‪12 .................................................................. ‬‬ ‫‪.1.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪12 ................................................................... :(GIS‬‬ ‫‪.1.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪13 ............................................................................ ‬‬ ‫‪.1.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪13 .......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.4‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺩ )‪13 ......................................................................... :(Hardware‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎﺕ )‪13 .................................................................................. :(Software‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪14 ............................................................................................ :(Data‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن‪14 .................................................................................... :(Users) ‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ )‪14 ................................................................................ :(Procedure‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪14 .......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.5‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪15 ................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪15 .............................................................................................. :‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪15 ............................................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪15 ...................................................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪16 ............................................................................................ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪16 .......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ( ‪16 .......................................................... :Vector Model‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ( ‪17 ........................................................ :Raster Model‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪18 ......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.7‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ‪18 ................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ‪18 .................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ‪18 ........................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪18 .................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪18 ...................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪18 ............................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪18 .............................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪18 .............................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪18 .................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪18 ................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ARCGIS PRO‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪19 .......................................................... ‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪19 ...................................................................................: ArcGIS‬‬ ‫‪.2.1‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪19 ............................................................................................... : Esri‬‬ ‫‪.2.2‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ™‪19 ............................................................................... : ArcGIS‬‬ ‫‪.2.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ™‪20 ..................................................................................... :ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.2.4‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪21 ......................................................................... :ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.2.5‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪21 ............................ :‬‬ ‫‪2.6.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ‪21 ........................................................................... :ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪2.7.‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪21 ................................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪22 ........................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪22 .................................................................................. :‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪23 ................................................................................................ :‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪23 ............................................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء‪24 ........................................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪24 ....................................... :ArcGIS Pro Extinctions‬‬ ‫‪.2.8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ )‪24 ................................................................. :(Advanced analysis‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪31 ................................................................................................. ‬‬ ‫‪.2.9‬‬

‫‪31 ..................................................................................... :Hardware‬‬
‫‪31 ........................................................................................ Software‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪32 ..................................................................... :(ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.2.10‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪33 ........................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ )‪53 ...................................................... (Managing Vector Data‬‬ ‫‪.2.11‬‬

‫ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪54 ........................................................................... (Feature class‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪54 ......................................................... (Organizing data files‬‬ ‫‪.2.12‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪54 ...................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪54 ............................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪55 ............................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪55 ....................................... Importing and exporting data‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪55 ............................................................................ ‬‬ ‫‪.2.13‬‬

‫ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ )‪55 ............................................................................. (event layer‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ‪55 .......................................................................... Geocoding‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ‪56 ............................................. Modifying and managing data‬‬ ‫‪2.14.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ‪56 .................................................................................. Extracting‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ‪56 .................................................................. Merge and append‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪56 ..................................................................... Simplifying data‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪57 ................................................................... Documenting data‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪57 ................................................................. Geodatabases‬‬ ‫‪2.15.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪58 ............................................................................... Shapefile‬‬
‫‪59 .................................................................................. Coverages‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪59 ............................................................................................... CAD‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪59 ....................................................... Database connections‬‬ ‫‪.2.16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ‪59 ............................................ Projects and shared data‬‬ ‫‪.2.17‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪60 ............................................................................... .‬‬ ‫‪.2.18‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟـــﺒـﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳـــﻤﻴـﺔ )‪60 ........................................................ (Nominal data‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪60 ......................................................................... (Categorical‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (Quantitative data‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ )‪60 ........................... (Ratio data‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ )‪60 ............................................................... (Interval data‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪61 ................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.2.19‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ )‪63 ......................................................... .(Displaying rasters‬‬ ‫‪.2.20‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ )‪63 .................................................. (Thematic rasters‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪64 ......................................................... (Image rasters‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‪65 ................................................................................................ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪65 .......................................................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.3.1‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‪65 .......................................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪3.2.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ‪65 .................................................. :‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪65 ............................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪71 ............................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪75 ............................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪3.2.3.2.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪80 ............................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪84 ........................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪108 ................................................................ ARCGIS PRO‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪108 ......................................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪108 ........................................................................................ ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.4.2‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ‪111 ................................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.3‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪112 ....................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.4‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪112 .................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪ (georeference‬ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪113 .................................................. ‬‬ ‫‪.4.6‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪119 ............................................................................ ‬‬ ‫‪.4.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪122 ...................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.8‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪122 ....................................................................... (Editing tools‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪122 ................................................................... (The Edit ribbon‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪122 ............................................................... (Create Features‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪123 .................................................... (Modify Features Pane‬‬
‫‪124 ............................................................................................... Sketches‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪125 ................................ Context menus and toolbars‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪125 ...................................................... The Snapping toolbar‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ‪126 .......................................Creating new feature classes‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ‪129 ........................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ‪132 ............................................................Topographic analysis‬‬ ‫‪.4.9‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪132 .......................................................... :(DEM‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪133 ......................................................................... Contour map‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪135 ....................................................................... Hillshade map‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪136 ........................................................................... Slope map‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ‪137 ........................................................................... Aspect map‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ ‪138 ................................................................... Creating a Layout‬‬ ‫‪.4.10‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪138 .............................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪138 ................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪139 ..................................................... Setting up scale bars‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪140 ....................... Labeling, text, and annotation‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ‪141 .................................................... creating a simple layout‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪145 ............................................................................. ‬‬
‫اﻻﺳ ﻨﺘﺎﺟﺎت‪ ‬واﻟﺘﻮﺻ ﺎت‪151 ............................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪12 .................................................................................................. (GIS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻮ‪12 ............................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-1‬ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺟﺮ ﺗﻮﻣﻠﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ‪12 ................................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-1‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪13 ............................................................................................... (GIS‬‬
‫اﻟﺸ ﻞ‪ (5-1) ‬أﻣﺜﻠﺔ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ‪ ‬ﻃ ﻘﺎت‪ ‬ﻧﻈﻢ‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪ ‬اﻟﺠﻐﺮاﻓ ﺔ‪14 ..................................................................................(GIS) ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-1‬ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪14 ........................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-1‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪15 ....................................................................................... (GIS‬‬
‫اﻟﺸ ﻞ‪ (8-1) ‬ﺗﺤﻠ ﻼت‪ ‬ﻧﻈﻢ‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪ ‬اﻟﺠﻐﺮاﻓ ﺔ‪16 ............................................................................................ (GIS) ‬‬
‫اﻟﺸ ﻞ‪ (9-1) ‬ﻃﺮق‪ ‬ﻋﺮض‪ ‬اﻟﺒ ﺎﻧﺎت‪ ‬ﺿﻤﻦ‪ ‬ﻧﻈﻢ‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪ ‬اﻟﺠﻐﺮاﻓ ﺔ‪16 ...................................................................... (GIS) ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-1‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪16 ........................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-1‬ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ‪17 ................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪17 ....................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪19 ............................................................................................................................. ESRI‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ™‪19 ................................................................................................................ .ARCGIS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-2‬ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ™‪20 .................................................................................................................. ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪20 ............................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-2‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪21 ........................................................................ ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪21 ........................................................ ACRGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-2‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪22 .............................................................................. ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪22 ....................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9-2‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪22 ................................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-2‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪23 ...................................................................................................ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-2‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪23 ............................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-2‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪24 .................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13-2‬ﻧﻤﻂ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻮﻛﺴﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪24 .............................................................................................. ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (14-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪25 ............................................................................. .ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ‪25 ......................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (16-2‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ KRIGING‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ‪26 ...................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17-2‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪26 ........................................................................................ .ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (18-2‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪27 ............................................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19-2‬ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪27 ....................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ )‪27 .............................................................. .(NETWORK ANALYST‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (21-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪29 ....................................................................... (ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‪30 .......................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (23-2‬ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪30 ......................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (24-2‬ﺍﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪30 .................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (25-2‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪32 .......................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (26-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪32 ........................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (27-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪33 .......................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (28-2‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪34 ............................................................................................. ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (29-2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪34 .................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30-2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪34 ................................................................................................... ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪35 ..................................................................................... (PROJECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (32-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪36 ................................................................................................................... (MAP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (33-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪36 ............................................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ‪37 .......................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (35-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪37 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (36-2‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪38 .............................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (37-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪38 ........................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (38-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ‪39 ........................................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (39-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ARCGIS PRO‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪40 .................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (40-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‪40 ................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (41-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪41 ...................................................................................................... CATALOG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (42-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪41 ..................................................................................................................... PROJECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (43-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪42 ...................................................................................................................... PORTAL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (44-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪43 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (45-2‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (FILTER‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪43 ..................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (46-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (GEOPROCESSING PANE‬ﻭﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭﻩ‪44 ..................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (47-2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪44 ........................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (48-2‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪45 ................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (49-2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪45 ............................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (50-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪46 ................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (51-2‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪47 .............................................................................................................................. BUFFER‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (52-2‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪47 ............................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (53-2‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪48 ..................................................................... (SYMBOLOGY PANE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (54-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪49 .................................................................... FORMAT POINT SYMBOL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (55-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪50 ........................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (56-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‪51 ......................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (57-2‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪51 .............................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (58-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‪52 ................................................................................................................ (RGB MODEL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (59-2‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪52 ............................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (60-2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪52 .................................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (61-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‪53 ..................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (62-2‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪53 .......................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (63-3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪55 .............................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (64-2‬ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ‪56 ............................................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (A) (65-2‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ (B) ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ (C) ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪56 ........................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (66-2‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )‪57 .......................................................................................... (ITEM DESCRIPTION‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (67-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪58 ...................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (68-2‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪59 ......................................................................................................... SHAPEFILES‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (69-2‬ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ‪ COVERAGES‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪59 ............................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (70-2‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ‪ UNIQUE VALUES‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪60 ............................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (71-2‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‪61 ................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (72-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ )‪ (A‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭ )‪ (B‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪61 .............................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (73-2‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ )‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ )‪ (B‬ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪61 .................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (A) (74-2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭ )‪ (B‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪62 .................................................... ESRI :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (75-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪62 ............................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-2‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ )‪62 ......................................................................................... (PIE CHARTS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (77-2‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪63 ............................................................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪63 ............................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (79-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪ (A) :‬ﺗﻤﺪﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ (B) ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ‪ RGB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪64 ............................ USGS :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (80-2‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ )‪64 ...........................................................................................................(STRETCHING‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪65 ............................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-3‬ﺗﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪66 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪67 ...................................................................................................................... C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪67 ...................................................................................................................... B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪67 ................................................................................................................. S116‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪68 ............................................................................................................... .TRA1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(7-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪68 ............................................................................................................... .TRA2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(10-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪69 ............................................................................................................. .TRA5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(15-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪70 ........................................................................................................... .TRA10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(17-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪76 ........................................................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(18-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪76 ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(19-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪77 .......................................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(20-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪77 ........................................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(21-3‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪78 .............................................................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(22-3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪78 .................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(23-3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪79 .................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-4‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ PRO‬ﻓﻲ ‪108 .............................................................................................. WINDOWS 10‬‬
‫اﻟﺸ ﻞ‪ (2-4) ‬ﻻﻓﺘﺔ‪ ‬اﻟ ﺪا ﺔ‪ ‬ﻟ ﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪108 ............................................................................................................... PRO ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-4‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪109 ................................................................................................ .ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪109 ..................................................................... .(CREATE A NEW PROJECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-4‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪110 .......................................................................................... .ARCGIS PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪110 ..................................................................................................... (CATALOG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ‪110 .................................................................................................... TOPOGRAPHIC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪111 ............................................................................................. ADD DATA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9-4‬ﺟﺰء ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪111 ..................................................................................... (CONTENTS PANE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-4‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪112 ................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-4‬ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪112 .................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪112 ............................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪113 ................................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (14-4‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪113 ................................................................................................... GOOGLE EARTH PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪114 ...................................................................... GOOGLE EARTH PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (16-4‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪114 ...................................................................... GOOGLE EARTH PRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17-4‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪114 .............................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (18-4‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪115 .......................................................................................... .KML‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19-4‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪115 .......................................................................................................... .KML TO LAYER‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪116 ............................................................................................................... .KML TO LAYER‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (21-4‬ﺗﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪116 .............................................................. .(VIEW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪117 ................................................................. .(GEOREFERENCE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-4‬ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪117 ........................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-4‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪118 ..................................................................................... CONTROL POINT TABLE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (23-4‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ً‪118 .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (24-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪119 .......................................................................................................................... PROJECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (25-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‪119 ..................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (26-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪120 ..................................................................................... XY POINT DATA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (27-4‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (FEATURE CLASS‬ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‪120 .................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (28-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪121 ...................................................................................... SELECT LAYER BY ATTRIBUTES‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (29-4‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪121 ...................................................................................... FEATURE DATASET‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30-4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪122 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (32-4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪122 ........................................................................................... (THE EDIT RIBBON‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (33-4‬ﺟﺰء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪123 .............................................................................. (THE CREATE FEATURES‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34-4‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (TOOLS GROUP‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪123 ......................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (35-4‬ﺟﺰء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪124 ......................................................................... (MODIFY FEATURES PANE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (36-4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ VERTICES‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻲ‪124 ................................................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪124 ............................................................................................................................. SKETCHES (37-5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (38-4‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪125 .............................................. CONTEXT MENUS AND TOOLBARS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (39-4‬ﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪125 ................................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (40-4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪126 .......................................................................... THE SNAPPING TOOLBAR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (41-4‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪127 ............................................................................................ (CATALOG VIEW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (42-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪127 .................................... (CATALOG VIEW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (43-4‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪128 ............................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (44-4‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪129 ................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (45-4‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MY_PROJECT‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪129 ............................... (CATALOG VIEW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (46-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ‪130 ....................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (47-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ‪130 ..................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (48-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ‪130 .................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (49-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﻔﺔ‪131 .................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (50-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ‪131 ............................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (51-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻐﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪131 .............................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (52-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪132 .................................................................................................................................. IDW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (53-4‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪ (DEM‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪133 .......................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (54-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪133 ........................................................................................................................ CONTOUR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (55-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪134 ................................................................................................ CONTOUR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (56-4‬ﺗﻨﺼﻴﻒ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪134 ...................................................................................... CONTOUR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (57-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪ CONTOUR‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ‪135 .................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (58-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪135 ..................................................................................................................... .HILLSHADE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (59-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪136 ........................................................................................................HILLSHADE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (60-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪136 .............................................................................................................................. SLOPE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (61-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪137 ..................................................................................................... .SLOPE MAP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (62-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪137 ............................................................................................................................ ASPECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (63-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ ASPECT MAP‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪138 ............................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (64-4‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪139 ................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (65-4‬ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪139 .................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (66-4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪140 ........................................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (67-4‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪141 ............................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (68-4‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪141 ................................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (69-4‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪142 ............................................................................................ .MAP FRAMES‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (70-4‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪142 ..................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (71-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪143 ............................................................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (72-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪143 .................................................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (73-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪144 ........................................................................................................................ ACTIVATE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (74-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪144 ............................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (75-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪144 ....................................................................................................... .CLOSE ACTIVATION‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ‪145 ........................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (77-4‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ‪145 ........................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪146 .................................................................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (79-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪146 ................................................................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (80-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪147 .............................................................................................................. .‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (81-4‬ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪147 ........................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (82-4‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪147 ............................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (83-4‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪148 ........................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (84-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪148 ................................................................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (85-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ‪149 ........................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (86-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪149 ............................................................................. ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (87-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‪150 ................................................................................. ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪49 ................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-2‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ )‪ (VECTOR MODEL‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪58 ...................................... :ARCGIS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-3‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ‪66 ................................................ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-3‬ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪67 ............................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (3-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ً‪71 ............................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (4-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ً‪73 ................................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ً‪75 ............................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(6-3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ‪79 .................................................................................. .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (7-3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ‪80 ................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(8-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪80 ..................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (9-3‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪81 ........................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(10-3‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪82 ................................................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(11-3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪83 .................................................................................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (12-3‬ﺯﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪84 ............................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13-3‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪84 ................................................................................................ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-4‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪126 ..................................................................................................... ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬
‫‪ .1.1‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬؟‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻً ﻋﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻً ﻋﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺘﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺭﺑﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )‪ (Spatial Data‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻅﻬﺮﺕ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Geographical Information System‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬

‫‪ .1.2‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪:(GIS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻳُﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻮ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺘﻤﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ 1854‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺁﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻔﺸﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻅﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪،1950‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺟﺎﻛﻠﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﺮﻭﻳﺖ )‪ (Jacqueline Tyrwhitt‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺭﺝ )‪ (Ian McHarg‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻄﻮﺭﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻁﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1964‬ﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺟﺮ ﺗﻮﻣﻠﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ )‪ (Dr. Roger Tomlinson‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﻭﺍ )‪ (Ottawa‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪" Canada Land Intently‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ" ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟــﻬــﺰﺓ ﺍﻟــﻜـﻤـــﺒــﻴـﻮﺗـﺮ‬
‫ﻟـﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟـﺨـﺮﺍﺋـﻂ ﻭﺍﻟـﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟـﻤـﻨﻬـﺠـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻘــﺐ ﺍــﻠﺪﻛــﺘــﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺟـﺮ ﺑـﻌــﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺑــ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ‪ (Father GIS) GIS‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫)‪ (CLI‬ﻭﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑـ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻱ )‪.(CGIS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-1‬ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺟﺮ ﺗﻮﻣﻠﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ ً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻨﺬ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓـ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1965‬ﻭﺑﻤﺨﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺭﻓﺎﺭﺩ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﺸﺮ )‪ ،(Howard Fisher‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،SYMAP‬ﻭﺗﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﻜﻔﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﺼﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺘ ّﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ )‪ (ESRI‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﺑﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )‪ (Environmental Systems Research Institute‬ﻋﺎﻡ‪1969‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺄﺳﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﻧﺠﺮﻣﻮﻧﺪ )‪ (Jack Dangermond‬ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻟﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 1972‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻻﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺕ )‪ (Landsat‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺘ ّﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ )‪ (GPS‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1983‬ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴّﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗَﻬﺘ ّﻢ ﺑﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻧُ ُ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺄﺳﺴﺖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ MapInfo‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1985‬ﻭ‪ Small World‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪،1988‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ER Mapper‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1989‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫‪ .1.3‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺘﺸﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ESRI‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ :1990‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﺼﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1.4‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-1‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺩ )‪:(Hardware‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎﺕ )‪:(Software‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ً ﻫﻲ ™‪ ArcGIS‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ESRI‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ‪ MapInfo‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ‪ Corporation MapInfo‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ‪ AutoCAD Map‬ﻣﻦ ‪.Autodesk‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪:(Data‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻁﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Attribute Data‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ )ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Spatial Data‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ‪GIS‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Thematic Layers‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻘﺎت ﻧ‬ ‫اﻟ ﻞ )‪ (5-1‬أﻣ ﻠﺔ ﻋ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫اﻟ ﻌﻠ ﻣﺎت اﻟ ﻐ ا ﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺎ ً ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺍءﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣ ن )‪:(Users‬‬ ‫اﻟ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﻤﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻄﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ )‪:(Procedure‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1.5‬ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺻﻤﻤﺖ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-1‬ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ )ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺷﻴﻔﻴﺔ( ﺍﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-1‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻟﻮ ﺧﺰﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ )ﺣﻴﺔ( ﻭﺭﺑﻄﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﺎ ً ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ً ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ً ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ )‪ ،(Hard Disk‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ )‪ (Server‬ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻁﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﺎ ً ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ً ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ ‪CD-ROM or‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،DVD‬ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ( ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ )‪ :(Network Analysis‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ (...‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ‪...‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ )‪ :(Overlay Analysis‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ‪....‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ )‪ :(Proximity Analysis‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼً ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ‪ 50‬ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻟ ﻌﻠ ﻣﺎت اﻟ ﻐ ا ﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬ ‫اﻟ ﻞ )‪ (8-1‬ﺗ ﻠ ﻼت ﻧ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟ ﻌﻠ ﻣﺎت اﻟ ﻐ ا ﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ق ﻋ ض اﻟ ﺎﻧﺎت ﺿ‬ ‫اﻟ ﻞ )‪(9-1‬‬
‫‪ .1.6‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ( ‪Vector Model‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ( ‪.Raster Model‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ( ‪:Vector Model‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ً ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻟﺒﺴﺎﻁﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﻔﺎءﺗﻪ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻅﻴﻔﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﺻﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-1‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻅﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )‪ :(Points‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻅﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ )ﺃﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ )‪ :(Polylines‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ )‪ :(Polygons‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-1‬ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻲ( ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (Feature ID‬ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‪ (vector‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ( ‪:Raster Model‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )‪ (pixel‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ )‪.(cell‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻜﺴﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻜﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .1.7‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻀﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺻﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺑﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻋﺎﺕ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺃ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻺﺳﻌﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺳﻌﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻭﻯ ﻟﺪﺍء ﺃﻭ ﻭﺑﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ – ﺻﺤﻴﺔ – ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ....... -‬ﺍﻟﺦ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺍء ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ( ﻣﻴﺎﻩ –‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻝ – ﺧﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻮﻝ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻻﻥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻻﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺛﻮﺭ )ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ( ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺨﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﻴﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ( ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻤﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﺎء ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍ ﻟﻠﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻭﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬

‫‪ .2.1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪: ArcGIS‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪ Esri‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻁﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (GUI‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (GIS‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.2‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪: Esri‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ™‪ Esri‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ™‪ Esri‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ‪ 49‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﻅﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪ 73‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤـﺘﻠﻚ ﺷـﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺒﺮﻣـﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻤﻤـﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻣـﺤﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻘﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٪ 70‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪Esri‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ،(GIS‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 7000‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫™‪ Esri‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ™‪ Esri‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 350,000‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.3‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ™‪: ArcGIS‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Arc / Info‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ArcView‬ﻭ‪ ArcGIS Desktop‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ GIS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcIMS‬ﻭ‪ ArcGIS for Server‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.ArcGIS Portal‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1982‬ﻭﺳﻤﻲ ‪ Arc/Info‬ﻭﻳﻀﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ Arc :‬ﻭ‪ArcEdit‬‬
‫ﻭ‪) ArcPlot‬ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((2-2‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ™‪.ArcGIS‬‬

‫ﺩﻓﻌﺖ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ‪ Arc/Info‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪ Esri‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcView 3‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1992‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (GUI‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻗﻮﺓ ‪.Arc / Info‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ‪ ArcGIS Desktop‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1999‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ‪ Arc/Info‬ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ،ArcView‬ﺗﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ( ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻫﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪،‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ ،(GIS Desktop‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ArcMap ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺎﺕ )ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ ،PDF‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ArcCatalog ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ArcToolbox‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪ Arc/Info‬ﻭ‪ ArcView‬ﻭ‪ ArcGIS Desktop‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ™‪ Esri‬ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪GIS‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻤﻤﺖ ‪) ArcGIS Portal‬ﺟﺴﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺩﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ GIS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ }‪ArcIMS {Internet Map Server‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ (ArcGIS for Server‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ Oracle‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،SQL Server‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ )‪ (Desktop GIS‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻁﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ™‪ Esri‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﺩﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺕ ™‪ Esri‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1.0‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪،2015‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭ‪) ArcGIS Desktop‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪ ArcMap 10‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ( ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪. Esri‬‬
‫‪ .2.4‬ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ™‪:ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ™‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪Esri‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻠﻲء ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﻢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ )‪ (multicore‬ﻭﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (GUI‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Microsoft Office‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ‪ Word Microsoft‬ﻭ‪ Excel‬ﻭ‪ ،AutoCAD‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ )‪ ،(ribbon-style‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ( ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-2‬ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ™‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcMap 10‬ﻭﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ )‪ribbon-‬‬
‫‪ (style‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺎﺕ )ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ ،PDF‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ (2D‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ (3D‬ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ ،(4D‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ‪ArcMap‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ Arc Scene‬ﻭ‪.ArcCatalog‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺃﺑﻀﺎ ً ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻭ‪ ،ArcGIS Enterprise‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ ،Web GIS‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺰءﺍ ً ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤ ّﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.5‬ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪:ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ModelBuilder‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Python‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ‪.ArcGIS Enterprise‬‬
‫‪ .2.6‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-2‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪AcrGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ .2.7‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ‪:ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺒﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Adobe Illustrator‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪ ،AIX‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-2‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻁﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9-2‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪.Real-Time‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-2‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ‪ ،ArcGIS‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ ArcGIS Living Atlas of the World‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪.Geospatial Cloud‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-2‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺗﻘﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪.ArcGIS Pro SDK for .NET‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-2‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻛﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Python‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.Adobe Illustrator‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13-2‬ﻧﻤﻂ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻮﻛﺴﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ .2.8‬ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪:ArcGIS Pro Extinctions‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ،Esri‬ﺑﺪءﺍ ً ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Spatial Analyst‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،ArcGIS 3D Analyst‬ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ )‪:(Advanced analysis‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪:(ArcGIS 3D Analyst‬‬ ‫‪.2.8.1.1‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ‪ GIS 3D‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪ ArcGIS 3D Analyst‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ )ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺡ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ )‪ (Geology‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (14-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ )‪ :(3D‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ‪.GIS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ArcGIS 3D Analyst for Server‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ 3D Analyst‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ‪ ArcGIS 3D Analyst for Server‬ﻣﻊ ‪ArcGIS Enterprise Advanced‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ )‪:(ArcGIS Geostatistical Analyst‬‬ ‫‪.2.8.1.2‬‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻤﺬﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Geostatistical Analyst‬ﻟﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﻻﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ‬
‫)‪ ،(atmospheric data‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ )‪ ،(petroleum and mining‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ) ‪precision‬‬
‫‪ ،(agriculture‬ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ‪ ArcGIS Geostatistical Analyst‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎء‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺎ ً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﺮﻓﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪.(QQ Plots ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪.(Ternd Analysis‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15-2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ArcGIS Geostatistical Analyst‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍً‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ً ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(16-2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻧﺔ )‪.(IDW‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ )ٌ‪.(Radial‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ )‪ (Kriging‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ )‪ (Cokriging‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ )‪.(Kriging‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‪ (isotropical‬ﻭﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‪.(anisotropical‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (16-2‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ kriging‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ )‪.(Cross-validation‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ )ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17-2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17-2‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ :‬ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(18-2‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (18-2‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19-2‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19-2‬ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ )‪:(Network Analyst‬‬ ‫‪.2.8.1.3‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﺤﻠﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺫﻛﺎ ًء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧﻄﻂ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ )‪.(Network Analyst‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪ (ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼء‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ )‪ ،(ETA‬ﻭﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ ً ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺲ ﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ‪Network Analyst‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﻘﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ‪:ArcGIS Spatial Analyst‬‬ ‫‪.2.8.1.4‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ArcGIS Spatial Analyst‬ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ArcGIS Spatial‬‬
‫‪ Analyst‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻧﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ )‪:(Spatial Analyst‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ :‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ )‪ (Hillshade‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ )‪ (Slope‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ )‪ (Aspect‬ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ )‪.(Contours‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )‪ (Features‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Demographics‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﺤﺔ )‪ (cost-weighted‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻲ )‪ :(hydrologic analysis‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻅﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Landscape‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻏﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺮ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺨﻄﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (21-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪(ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪:ArcGIS Image Analyst‬‬ ‫‪.2.8.1.5‬‬
‫‪ ArcGIS Image Analyst‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻁﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺗﻤﺘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ArcGIS Image Analyst‬؟‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 150‬ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﺗﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻷﺗﻤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ً ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻁﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (22-2‬ﻭ)‪ (23-2‬ﻭ)‪ (24-2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﻣﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪.(ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (23-2‬ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (24-2‬ﺍﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪:ArcGIS Business analyst‬‬ ‫‪.2.8.1.6‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ ArcGIS Business Analyst‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺫﻛﺎ ًء ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺗﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ Business Analyst‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺇﻧﻔﻮﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻬﺞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ‪Business‬‬
‫‪ Analyst‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺤﺎﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺘﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺬﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻬﺞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 130‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 15000‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﻔﻮﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.9‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪:Hardware‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺫﻭﺍﻛﺮ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ RAM‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ) ‪graphics‬‬
‫‪ (card‬ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ 2D‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ،3D‬ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ )‪ 64 (multiprocessor‬ﺑﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ )‪ (dual core‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ )‪ (quad core‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻏﻴﻐﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ )‪.(RAM‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ )‪ (graphics card‬ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪ DirectX 11‬ﻭ‪ OpenGL 3.2‬ﺑﺴﻌﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻏﻴﻐﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )‪ (video RAM‬ﻭﻋﻤﻖ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ 24‬ﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Software‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ Windows 10 (64-bit Home, Pro, or Enterprise‬ﺃﻭ ‪Windows 8.1 (64-bit Pro or‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪Enterprise‬‬
‫‪ Microsoft .NET Framework 4.5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ Chrome‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Edge‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Firefox‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ™‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ WinZip‬ﺃﻭ ‪.zip7‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .2.10‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪:(ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ )‪ ،(projects‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗُﺨﺰﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺩﻡ ‪ GIS‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (25-2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ً ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎً‪) ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ )ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً(( ﻭﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (25-2‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ )‪ (Blank Templates‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫\‪ .Windows 10\Documents\ArcGIS\Projects ً◌C:\Users‬ﻭﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ "ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ"‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(26-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (26-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ ،(Create a new folder for this project‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪ (General‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ )‪ .(options‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(27-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (27-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺖ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﺍ ً ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ًﺟﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ‪ Windows‬ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Enterprise‬ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (GUI‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (28-2‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )‪ (Tishreen University‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ)‪ (views‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪ (Contents pane‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ) ‪Map‬‬
‫‪ (layers‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪ (Catalog pane‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (28-2‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫‪ .2.10.1.1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪:ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ )‪ (ribbon-style‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((30-2‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪ (core ribbons‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ )‪ (contextual ribbons‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫)‪ (Feature Layer‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ )‪ ،(Appearance‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Labeling‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ ((Data‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(29-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (29-2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Map‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ً ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ )‪ ،(Clipboard‬ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟـ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Navigate‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Layer‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪.(Selection‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ )‪ (drop-down buttons‬ﻣﺜﻞ )‪ ،(Basemap‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ )‪ (Group options‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30-2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30-2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪،(Project‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪:(Map‬‬
‫‪ .2.10.1.2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪:(Project‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ُﻣﺼﻤﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ُﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﻛﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ )‪ (aprx‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ (project‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ ،(Map Document – MXD‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ArcGIS Desktop‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪.Mxd‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ "ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ "(project‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ‪ Portals for ArcGIS‬ﺃﻭ ‪ArcGIS Living‬‬
‫‪ ،Atlas of the World‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺐ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (31-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪(Project‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ (project‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪(New‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ )‪ (New‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻤﺎ ًﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (map document template‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،ArcMap‬ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪ ،(Catalog template‬ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﺑﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪.(catalog view‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )‪ (Global Scene‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ (3D scene‬ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ )‪ (Local Scene‬ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ ،(3D scene‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺸﺊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻔﻆ )‪(Save‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Save‬ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪ (Edits‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (features‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Save Edits‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.EDIT‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ )‪(Save As‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Save As‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ )‪(Portal‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Portal‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ‪Portal for‬‬
‫‪ ،ArcGIS‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ )‪ ،(basemaps‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ )‪(Licensing‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ‪Portal for‬‬
‫‪ ArcGIS‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻠﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪ Esri‬ﻭﻁﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ )‪(Options‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(27-2‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ )‪ (units‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ )‪ (basemaps‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬
‫)‪ (scenes‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ )‪ "(Learn more about‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.10.1.3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪(Map‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Map‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪ (layers‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ ،(select features‬ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ )‪ ،(basemap‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (32-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪(Map‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Map‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ )‪ (Clipboard‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ )‪ (Navigate‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ )‪ (Layer‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫)‪ (Selection‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ )‪ (Inquiry‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ )‪ ،(Labeling‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ )‪ (Selection‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﺎﺣﺼﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ‪The Navigate group‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (33-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ‪Explore‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺐ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ )‪ ،(zoom in‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ )‪ ،(zoom out‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ )‪ ،(pan‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪ (identify‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcMap‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺓ ﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ /3D‬ﻣﺸﻬﺪ )‪ (3D scene‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ :‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(34-2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34-2‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﻳـﺘـﻢ ﺍﺳـﺘـﻌـﻤـﺎﻟـﻬـﺎ ﻳـﺪﻭﻳـﺎ ً ﻟـﻠـﺘـﺄﺷـﻴـﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ Zoom in‬ﻭ‪ Zoom out‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ‪The Bookmarks tool‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ‪The Layer group‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﻣﻜـﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺨـﺮﻳﻄـﺔ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (35-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪The Add Data tool‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺯﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ArcMap‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ‪ Esri‬ﺑﺪﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ‪.ArcMap‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Data -1‬ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪ ،(Shapefiles‬ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (geodatabase feature classes‬ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪ Server‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ dbase‬ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫‪ CSV‬ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.Excel‬‬
‫‪ :Data From Path -2‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ‪.URL‬‬
‫‪ :XY Point Data -3‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Route Events -4‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Query Layer -5‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ .SQL‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Address Layer -6‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Multidimensional Raster Layer -7‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Elevation Source -8‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Extract Locations -9‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ :‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (36-2‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Add Preset‬‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ )‪ (symbology‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺩًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪The Selection group‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ )‪ (Select‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻮﺻـﻔـﻴــﺔ ) ‪Select By‬‬
‫‪ ،(Attributes‬ﺣـــﺪﺩ ﺣــﺴــــﺐ ﺍﻟـــﻤـــﻮﻗــــﻊ )‪ ،(Select By Location‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻤﺎ ًﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ArcMap‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (37-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪The Select tool‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪.ArcMap‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Select By Attributes‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪Select By Location‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ‪:The Inquiry group‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (38-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Infographics‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟـ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ ،Esri's GeoEnrichment‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .ArcGIS Online‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑـ ‪ ،ArcGIS Online‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ArcGIS Online‬‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ .ArcGIS Online credits‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻠﻔﻚ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪The Measure tool‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪The Locate tool‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Esri World Geocoder‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ .ArcGIS Online‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻂ ﺑـ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫‪ ،Infographics‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.10.1.4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪ ،(window‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪ (views‬ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )‪ ،(panes‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻋﺎﺋﻤﺔ )‪ (floating‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻄﻔﻮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺳﻴّﺔ )‪ (docked‬ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻨﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (39-2‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (39-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪:(views‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫)‪ ،(3D scene‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (39-2‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻷﺟﺰﺍء‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪.(Contents pane‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )‪(panes‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎء ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(39-2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء‪ ،‬ﺟﺰء ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog pane‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(Geoprocessing pane‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ (Symbology‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ ،(auto-hide‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪ (Tabs‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ )‪ (Icons‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ )‪(headings‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ ً ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ )‪ (Menu Options‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (40-2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﻋﻦ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ (Symbology‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (40-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog pane‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪ (Catalog‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪،ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪ (Catalog‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ ،(project‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Portal‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Favorites‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(41-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (41-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Catalog‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪(project‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(42-2‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Maps‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻫﻲ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻣﻌًﺎ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫)‪.(scene‬‬
‫‪ :Toolboxes‬ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ )ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ( ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ )ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ( ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫)ﻧﺼﻮﺹ( ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Databases‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ (Tishreen University‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Styles -5‬ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ‬
‫)ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Folders -6‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ (Tishreen University.aprx ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (42-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪Project‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Locators -7‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Portal -8‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ )‪(Portal‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺸﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺫﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻼﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫‪All Portal‬ﺍﻟـﻤــﺴــﺘــﺨﺪﻡ ﻣــﻦ ﺍﻟــﻮﺻــﻮﻝ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﻛــﻞ ﺍﻟــﻤــﺤــﺘــﻮﻳــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﺘــﻲ ﻳــﺴــﺘـﻀــﻴــﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،AGOL‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (43-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪Portal‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ‪.Living Atlas‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Portal for ArcGIS‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤ ّﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫←‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻀﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ‪.(ArcGIS Online) AGOL‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪ ،All Portals‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ‪ArcGIS‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪) Online‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪ ،Living Atlas‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫‪) ،ArcGIS Living Atlas of the World‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ‪.(AGOL‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻼﺕ ‪Favorites‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻔﻀﻞ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪(Contents pane‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪ (Contents‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫)‪ (symbology‬ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (47-3‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،List By Drawing Order‬ﻫﻲ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰء‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫←‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪) List By Data Source‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،List By Selection‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫←‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،List By Editing‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫←‬

‫ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،List by Snapping‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،List By Labeling‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬ ‫←‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (44-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ )‪(Filter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻓـﻘـﻂ ﺍﻟـﻄﺒــﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗـﻔـﻲ ﺑﻤـﻌﺎﻳـﻴﺮ ﻣﻌـﻴـﻨـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (45-2‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Filter‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ (e‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(Geoprocessing pane‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،GIS‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻷﺩﺍء ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing pane‬ﻅﺎﻫﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ )‪ (Analysis‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ← ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ← (Geoprocessing Group‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪.(Tools‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ )‪ (Analysis‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ← ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ ← (Windows Group‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪.Geoprocessing‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(Geoprocessing Tools‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing Tools‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻱ ﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪.Pro‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (46-2‬ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing pane‬ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (46-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing pane‬ﻭﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ )‪ ← (Analysis‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (Tools Group‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪-2‬‬
‫‪ ،(47‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (47-2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (47-2‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (48-2‬ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing Tools‬ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (48-2‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ )‪ (Favorites‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺎ ً ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ ،(Toolboxes‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪ (Find Tools‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (Toolboxes‬ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ً ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (49-2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ) ‪Find‬‬
‫‪ (Tools‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Buffer‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((50-2‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ )ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻛﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺻـﺎﻑ ﻭﺍـﻠﺘـﻔﺎﺻـﻴـﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓــﺈﻥ ﻛـﻞ ﻧـﺘــﻴـﺠـﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻟﻸﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻀ ّﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪.Esri‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﺷﻜﻠﻴﺔ )‪.(Model‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ) ‪.(script‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ )ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (50-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Server‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ‪.ArcGIS Online‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Spark‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ )‪ (GPU‬ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ )‪ Buffer (Analysis Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Buffer‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ )‪ (parameters‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (51-2‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ )‪ ،(Buffer tool‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ (parameters‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪(Roads‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺔ )‪(roadbuf300‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺧﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ (Run‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:(51-2‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻸﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪ (Environments‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Rin (7‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (51-2‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Buffer‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪(Symbology pane‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ (Symbology‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻮﻛﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﻤﻪ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻣﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ )‪ (Point‬ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ ،(marker symbols‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ )‪ (Line‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ )‪ ،(linear symbols‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺔ )‪ (Polygon‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻈﻠﻠﺔ ) ‪shaded‬‬
‫‪ (area symbols‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (52-2‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(shape‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ )‪ (size‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ )‪ (thickness‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )‪ (line type‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ )‪ (color‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ )‪ (pattern‬ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )‪.(font‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (52-2‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (shape‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )‪ (line type‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ )‪ (pattern‬ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )‪ (font‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ )‪ ،(Point‬ﻭﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ )‪ ،(Line‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )‪ ،(Polygon‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (size‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ )‪ ،(thickness‬ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻮ ًﻣﺎ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ )‪ (Point‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻬﺮ‬
‫)‪ ،(Line‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻮﺩﺍء‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻒ ﺑﺤﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ )‪ (Text symbol‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﺬﺍﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )‪ (features‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Rasters‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ ،(Symbology pane‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ )‪ (Style‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻱ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )‪ (point markers‬ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )‪ (Line Styles‬ﻭﻅﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍ ً‬
‫)‪ (polygon shades‬ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ )‪ (color sets‬ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ )‪ (text styles‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ ArcGIS 2D‬ﻭ‪ ،ArcGIS 3D‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcMap‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ Geology 24K‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Environmental‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Civic‬ﺃﻭ ‪Crime‬‬
‫‪ Analysis‬ﺃﻭ‪ ،Hazmat‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (ribbon‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ (Symbology pane‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪ (Contents pane‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ )‪ (the ribbon‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ )‪ (Appearance‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ )‪(Feature Layer‬‬ ‫ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ )‪← (Feature Layer‬‬
‫ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ (Symbology‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ← ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪← (Drawing group‬‬
‫)‪.(Symbology pane‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (53-2‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪(Symbology pane‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪(Primary symbology‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻁﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ )‪ ،(Single Symbol‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪) ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ ،Symbol‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪format point‬‬
‫‪ .symbol‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ Gallery‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ Properties‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (54-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪format point symbol‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺽ ‪ ،Gallery‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ Properties‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪(1-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪(Basic properties‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪(Symbol type‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ‪Color‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪Outline Color‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻠﻊ )‪(Polygon‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪Outline Width‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ‪Color‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )‪(Line width‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﻂ )‪(Line‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪Size‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪Angle‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Halo‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ Angle alignment‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪(Point‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ Billboard‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ ،Rotation order‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )‪ ،(Single Symbol‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫)‪ (Feature Layer‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮ )‪ ،(Appearance‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫)‪ (Drawing group‬ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )‪ :(Single symbol‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ )‪ (layer‬ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )‪ :(Unique values‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺭﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ )‪ :(Graduated colors‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ )‪ :(Graduated symbols‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ )‪ :(Unclassed colors‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ )‪ :(Proportional symbology‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ )‪ :(Charts‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ :(Heat Map‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ )‪ :(Dictionary‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (55-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (Unique values‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪ (Primary symbology‬ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (Unique values‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪Primary Symbology‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻭﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ‪ more‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (56-2‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ >ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ) ‪all other‬‬
‫‪ <(values‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﺮﺳﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻬﻤﺎ ﺫﻭ ﻭﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻭﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻹﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻹﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰء ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻞ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺎ ً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺟﻠﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ← ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ )‪ (View‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ← ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ )‪ ← (Windows Group‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ← Reset Panes‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ )‪ ،Rest Panes for Mapping (Default‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (57-2‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻔﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻔﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺭﺍﺳﻴّﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ )ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ )ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ )‪ (Range‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ) ‪CMYK‬‬
‫‪ (model‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ )ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‪ (RGB model‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﺝ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،255‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ (255‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪) ،‬ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻼء‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻟـــﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨـﺘﻠـــﻔـﺔ( ﻳــﻮﺿــﺢ ﺍﻟـﺸـــﻜــﻞ )‪-2‬‬
‫‪ (58‬ﺧــﻠــﻴـــﻄـــﻴــــﻦ ﻣــﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻟــﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟــﻨﺎﺗﺠــﺔ ﻋﻨــﻬــﻤــﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳـﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ‪ 256 RGB‬ﻟﻮﻧًﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎ )ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 16‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ )‪ (HSV method‬ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪ HSV‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪-2‬‬
‫‪ .((59‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪ Hue‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳـﺪﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟـﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟـﻤﻮﺟـﻲ ﻟـﻠﻀﻮء ﺍﻟـﻤﺮﺻـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑـﺸﻜـﻞ ﻧـﻤـﻮﺫﺟـﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻲ ‪ Hue‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (58-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‪(RGB model‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،360‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ )‪ (Saturation‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﻛـﻨﺴــﺒــﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗــﺨـﻴﻞ ﻣـــــﺰﺝ ﻋــﻠــــﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼء‪ ،‬ﺑﺪءﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺗﺸﺒﻌﺎ ً ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ ً ﺃﻱ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛــﺒﻴـــﺮﺓ ﻣـــﻦ ﺍﻟـــﺼـــﺒــﻐــﺔ ﺗـــﺸــــﺒـــﻊ ﻋــﺎﻟـــﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟـــﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻏــــﻤـــﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Value‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪ ،alpha‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ‪ RGB‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،HSV‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (59-2‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪ DN=255 OR 100%‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (60-2‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ،((60-2) a‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻗـﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((60-2) (b‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (60-2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((60-2) (c‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻓﺌﺎ ً ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.11‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ )‪(Managing Vector Data‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻅﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ x-y‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻁ )‪ ،(points‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ )‪ ،(lines‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ )‪ .(polygons‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x-y‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ ،(coordinate system‬ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ x-y‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪ )‪ ،(nodes‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ )‪ ،(vertex‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ )‪ (vertices‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻌﺎ ً ﻛﻔﺌﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ ،(feature class‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (attributes‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )‪ (62-2‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (spatial feature‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ )‪ (polygons‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (61-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ (attributes‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ )‪ (FID‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ )‪ ،(OID‬ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (62-2‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ GIS‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )‪ ،(multipart features‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ )‪(feature‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﻭﺍﻱ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎ ً ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ً ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ً ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ُ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ً ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻴﺄ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ( ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪(Feature class‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ً ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ )‪،(Feature dataset‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.12‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪(Organizing data files‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺇﻓﻼﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ً ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﺧﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻁﻮﻳﻼً ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺎ ً ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺎ ً ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ‪ Windows‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻲء ﺟﺪﺍ ً ﻟﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺣﺘﻮﺍء ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ،GIS‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ )ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ( ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻄﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ) _ ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.* ، & ، @ ، #‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻄﻴﺮ _ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ )‪ ،(Documents folders‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ )‪ (personal Library‬ﻛﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،GIS‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ) ‪network‬‬
‫‪ ،(environment‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ً ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪C: \ gisdata‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ .C: \ mydata‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ Word‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ doc.‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،docx.‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ jpg.‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،png.‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﺮﺍ ً‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ً ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows 10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ً ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﺣﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ً ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺛﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ!‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻻﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ ،GIS‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪.Excel‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪.(GPS‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Importing and exporting data‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ Toolbox‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪ .2.13‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x-y‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ .UTM‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ /‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x-y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ UTM‬ﻭﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ‪ x-y‬ﻛﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ GCS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪(GPS‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،x-y‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ GPS‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (63-3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪(GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪Esri :‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ x-y‬ﻛﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ )‪(event layer‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﺊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (point feature class‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﺊ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ )‪ ،(event layer‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﺛﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Geocoding‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ x-y‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻔﺌﺔ ﺳﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻣﺜﻼً‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ )‪ ،(locator‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻀﻤﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪) World Geocoding Service‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ؛ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً( ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻟـ ‪ ،ArcGIS Online‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﺪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪) ،‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻵﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻻﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﺃﺭﺻﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ‪ AGOL‬ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻭﻛﻮﺩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.14‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ‪Modifying and managing data‬‬
‫‪Extracting‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﻮ ﺟﻴﺮﺳﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﻮ ﺟﻴﺮﺳﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻁﻠﺐ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺳﻤﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻮ ﺟﻴﺮﺳﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Merge and append‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ )‪ (Merge‬ﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻓﺌﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (64-2‬ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ( ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (64-2‬ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﻭﺙ ﺩﺍﻛﻮﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ً ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺎ ً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ )‪ (append‬ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺳﻠﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Simplifying data‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ً ﻁﻮﻳﻼً ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.14.3.1‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ )‪(Generalize‬‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ )‪ (Generalize‬ﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((65-2) (a‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (a) (65-2‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ (b) ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ (c) ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪Esri :‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .2.14.3.2‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ ‪Dissolve‬‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ ‪ Dissolve‬ﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ )ﻗﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (65-2) (b‬ﺣﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء )ﺻﻨﻮﺑﺮ ﺑﻮﻧﺪﻳﺮﻭﺳﺎ( ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ )ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ( ﺳﻴﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((65-2) (c‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪) Dissolve‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(65-2) (c‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Documenting data‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (metadata‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺊ ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻧﻤﻄﺎ ً ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎ ً ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫)‪ ،(Item Description‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Tags (1‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ Summary (2‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺳﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Description (3‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺟﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Credits (4‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Use Limitation (5‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Appropriate Scale Range (6‬ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺸﺌﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،GIS‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (66-2‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )‪(Item Description‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.15‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪Geodatabases‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Desktop‬ﻭ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺑﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ) ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ً ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (67-2‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-2‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻲ )‪ (Vector model‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪:ArcGIS‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻺﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪،ArcView‬‬
‫‪Shapefile‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.ArcGIS‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻟـ ‪ Arc / Info‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Coverages‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Geodatabases‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪.ArcGIS‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪Database‬‬
‫‪ connections‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪Layer files‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪Tables‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪TINs‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪CAD‬‬
‫‪ CAD drawings‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (personal geodatabase‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ Microsoft Access‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻏﻴﻐﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcCatalog‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1‬ﺗﻴﺮﺍﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ Linux‬ﻭ ‪ ،Unix‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ )‪ (enterprise geodatabase‬ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(RDBMS‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ®Oracle‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .®SQL Server‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،GIS‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎً‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ً ‪ Windows‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪Shapefile‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،dBase‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ GIS‬ﻭ‪ ،GPS‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪ GIS‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﺄﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪،ArcGIS‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫‪) Windows‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((68-2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪ Parcels‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ shp.‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪dbf.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ shx.‬ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺎ ً ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ ً‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ prj .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ xml.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪ Windows Explorer‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ GIS‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.GIS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺠﺰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ )‪ (FID‬ﻭﺣﻘﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (68-2‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪Shapefiles‬‬
‫‪Coverages‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻟـ ‪ ،Arc/Info‬ﻭ‪ ArcGIS Desktop‬ﻟﻪ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪ Pro‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻛﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ArcMap‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،ArcCatalog‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪ Coverage‬ﻛﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫‪ ،topology‬ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (69-2‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﻟـ ‪ coverage‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪) LANDUSE‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ coverage‬ﻛﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺮﺽ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Arc/Info‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎ ً ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁﺎ ً ‪ /‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻼً‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ً ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟـ ‪ coverages‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (69-2‬ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ‪ Coverages‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (Interchange file‬ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪.e00‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪CAD‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪ CAD‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ CAD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.16‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Database connections‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ (DBMS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻷﻥ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ Pro‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ArcMap‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ArcCatalog‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ‪ ArcCatalog‬ﻭﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺳﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﺋﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )‪ .(... roads.prj ،roads.shp ،roads.dbf‬ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ‪Windows Explorer‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ‪ Pro‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.GIS‬‬
‫‪ .2.17‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ‪Projects and shared data‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪) project file‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‪ (aprx .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ )‪ ،((source data‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ‪ Pro‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺈﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻷﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.18‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(nominal‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ،(categorical‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ordinal‬ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ )‪ ،(interval‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ratio‬ﺇﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟـــﺒـﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳـــﻤﻴـﺔ )‪(Nominal data‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣـﺎ ﺗـﻜـﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟـــﺒـﻴﺎﻧــﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳـــﻤﻴـﺔ )‪ (Nominal data‬ﻗﻴـﻤﺎ ً ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺜﻞ ﺃﺳـﻤﺎء ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛـﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﻣـﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ )‪ ،(labels‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻸﻧﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪(Categorical‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ (Categorical data‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (70-2‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺎﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ( ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ = ‪20‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ = ‪.40‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ )‪(Ordinal data‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (70-2‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ‪ unique values‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Ordinal data‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﻭﺙ ﺩﺍﻛﻮﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻁﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﺃﻭ ‪ B‬ﺃﻭ ‪ C‬ﺃﻭ ‪ D‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﺃﻭ ‪B‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ C‬ﺃﻭ ‪ D‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Ordinal data‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪ (unique values‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (Quantitative data‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ )‪(Ratio data‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ‪ Quantitative data‬ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ‪ 16‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 17‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 96‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 97‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Ratio data‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺷﻲء ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﺼﺎ ً ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ )‪(Interval data‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ )‪ (Interval data‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻐﺰﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺰﻳﻮﺱ )‪ (Celsius‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (71-2‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (Quantitative numeric data‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ )‪ ،(classified maps‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪-3‬‬
‫‪ ،(71‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ )‪ (Point‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (line‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ) ‪graduated symbol‬‬
‫‪ ،(map‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ‪proportional symbol‬‬
‫‪ map‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ً ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻛﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (72-2‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (graduated symbol‬ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (proportional symbol maps‬ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﺻﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﻈﻠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(73-2‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ )‪ (graduated color maps‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨـﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺼـﺤـﻴـﺤـﻴـﺔ )‪ (choropleth maps‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (72-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ )‪ (A‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ )ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ( ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (73-2) (a‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻗﺰﺡ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪-2) (b‬‬
‫‪ .((73‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2.19‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻣﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪ ،(aggregated‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻً ﻭﺃﺣﺠﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺆﺛﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻧﻬـﺎ ﺃﻛـﺒــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓــﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﺸﻜــﻞ )‪ ،(74-2) (a‬ﻳــﻜــﻮﻥ ﻋــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟــﻤـﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻛــﺒــﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻜﺴﺎﺱ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻁﺎ ﻭﺛﻴﻘًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (73-2‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(74-2) (b‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﻈﺎﻅﺎ ً ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ )‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ )‪ (b‬ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺠﻤﺎ ً ﺗﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(74-2‬ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺗُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،MAUP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ )‪ (aggregated‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ)‪ ،(Aggregation Scheme‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻅﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ MAUP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ )‪ (normalize‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻠﻘﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (a) (74-2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭ )‪ (b‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪Esri :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(75-2) (a‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ )ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((74-2) (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺋ ٍﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(75-2) (b‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻏﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(74-2) (b‬ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍ ًﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (75-2) (c‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻧﻐﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (75-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‪(b) ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻏﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‪ (c) ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻧﻐﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Esri‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ )‪(Chart maps‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ )‪ (Chart map‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎ ً ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺎ ً )‪ ،(pie chart‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﻄ ً‬
‫ﻄﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﻴﺎ ً )‪ ،(bar chart‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎ ً ﺷﺮﻳﻄﻴﺎ ً ﻣﻜﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-2‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻗﺎﺯﻳﻴﻦ )ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-2) (a‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-2) (b‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻗﺎﺯﻳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻛﻦ ﻟﻸﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ )‪ (legend‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-2‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ )‪(pie charts‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .2.20‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ )‪.(Displaying rasters‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ )‪ ،(thematic rasters‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ) ‪image‬‬
‫‪ ،(rasters‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ )‪.(indexed rasters‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ )‪(Thematic rasters‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(77-2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻲ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ )‪ (continuous‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ )‪ ،(discrete‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ،(categorical‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ordinal‬ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫)‪/(interval‬ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ)‪) (ratio‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (Nominal Data‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻴﺔ )‪(vector‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (77-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺰﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (77-2‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(78-2) (a‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 32‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪ (a) :‬ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﻭﺙ ﺩﺍﻛﻮﺗﺎ‪ :(b-c) ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ )‪ :(classified‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-2) (b‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 12‬ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ ‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ )‪ :(stretched‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ ﺑـ ‪ 256‬ﻅﻼ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪،(78-2) (c‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ )‪ ،(slice‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ 800‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1600‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍً(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 256‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ‪ 256‬ﻅﻼً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ )‪ (slice‬ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻳُﻨﺸﺊ ‪ 256‬ﻓﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺎ ً ﻭﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪(Image rasters‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) DN 255‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻛﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻭ‪ DN‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﺑـﻴﺾ ﺳـﻄـﻮﻉ ﻋــﺎﻟــﻲ‬
‫ﻭ‪ DN‬ﻣــﺮﺗــﻔــﻊ ﻛــﻤـﺎ ﻫــﻮ ﻣـﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(79-2) (a‬ﻳﺘـﻢ‬
‫ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﻟــﺼـﻮﺭ ﺑـﺎﺳــﺘـﺨــﺪﺍﻡ ﻧــﻔــﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪ (stretched‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (79-2‬ﻁﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪ (a) :‬ﺗﻤﺪﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ 255‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻊ )‪ ،(sliced‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫)‪ (b‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ‪ RGB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪USGS :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻛﻞ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ DN‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫‪) RGB‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.((b) (79-2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪Stretching image values‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ DN‬ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (80-2) (a‬ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎ ً ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ً )‪ (histogram‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺎ ً ﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،255‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (80-2) (b‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻣﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺿﺌﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺴﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ )‪ (stretched‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺫﻳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 0‬ﻭ‪ ،255‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((80-2) (c‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (80-2‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ )‪(stretching‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ .3.1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪ ،(ArcGIS Pro‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺭﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ(‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1-3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪ .3.2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪/161‬ﻡ‪.‬ﺱ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2017‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﺎ ً ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪66‬‬ ‫ﻘﺎت ﻋ ﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺗ‬ ‫دﻟ ﻞ ﺗﻌﻠ ﻲ ﻟ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺿﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ )ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻤﻚ ﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺭﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ( ﻭﺗﻢ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺻﺪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺻﺪ )‪ (13‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2-3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-3‬ﺗﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 200‬ﻡ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 30‬ﻭ‪ 120‬ﻏﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺗﻢ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ )ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪S2,S116‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪B،C‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-3‬ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪Points‬‬ ‫)‪X(m‬‬ ‫)‪Y(m‬‬ ‫)‪Z(m‬‬

‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪38.255‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪33.289‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪31.819‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪26.54‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-3‬ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬

‫𝐻𝑚‬ ‫𝑌 ‪𝑚 𝑋,‬‬
‫𝑚𝑐 ‪5‬‬ ‫𝑚𝑐 ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ‬
‫𝑚𝑐 ‪1.2‬‬ ‫𝑚𝑐 ‪8‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫𝑚𝑐 ‪5‬‬ ‫𝑚𝑐 ‪6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫𝑚𝑐 ‪10‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫‪.3.2.2.1‬‬

‫ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪S116‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.TRA1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(7-3‬ﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.TRA2‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(1-3‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3.2.3.1‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻮﻟﺘﻴﻦ )ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ً ﻭﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎً( ﻭﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺳﻼﺳﻞ )ﻣﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (3-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺻﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪338.5649‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪338.5651‬‬ ‫‪338.5650‬‬ ‫‪-0.0001‬‬ ‫‪338.5651‬‬ ‫‪338.5650‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪67.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪5.5647‬‬ ‫‪205.5650‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪5.5648‬‬ ‫‪338.5648‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪135.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪73.5650‬‬ ‫‪273.5652‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪73.5651‬‬ ‫‪338.5650‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪109.4383‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪109.4382‬‬ ‫‪309.4381‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪109.4382‬‬ ‫‪109.4381‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪67.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪176.4384‬‬ ‫‪376.4383‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪176.4384‬‬ ‫‪109.4383‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪135.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪244.4383‬‬ ‫‪44.4386‬‬ ‫‪-0.0003‬‬ ‫‪244.4385‬‬ ‫‪109.4384‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪249.2066‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪249.2066‬‬ ‫‪49.2063‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪249.2065‬‬ ‫‪249.2063‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪266.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪316.2069‬‬ ‫‪116.2072‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪316.2071‬‬ ‫‪249.2071‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪135.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪384.2068‬‬ ‫‪184.2066‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪384.2067‬‬ ‫‪249.2066‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪242.0364‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪242.0365‬‬ ‫‪42.0363‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪242.0364‬‬ ‫‪242.0364‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪266.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪66.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪309.0368‬‬ ‫‪109.0365‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪309.0367‬‬ ‫‪242.0368‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪135.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪377.0363‬‬ ‫‪177.0362‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪377.0363‬‬ ‫‪242.0362‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪227.5237‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪227.5238‬‬ ‫‪27.5240‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪227.5239‬‬ ‫‪227.5238‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
72 ‫ﻘﺎت ﻋ ﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫ ﻣﻊ ﺗ‬ArcGIS Pro ‫ﺔ‬ ‫دﻟ ﻞ ﺗﻌﻠ ﻲ ﻟ‬
‫ اﺷراف د ﻓﺎدي ﺷﻌﺑﺎن‬- ‫ إﻋداد أﺣﻣد ﻣﺣﻣد & ﻧور ﻋﻔﯾﺻﺔ‬:‫ﻣﺷروع ﺗﺧرج‬

TRA4 TRA3 67.0000 267.0003 0.0003 67.0002 0.0000
TRA5 294.5237 94.5238 0.0001 294.5238 227.5236
TRA4 TRA3 135.0000 335.0003 0.0003 135.0002 0.0000
TRA5 362.5238 162.5240 -0.0002 362.5239 227.5238
TRA5 TRA4 0.0000 200.0004 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 173.9021
TRA6 173.9022 373.9024 0.0002 173.9023 173.9021
TRA5 TRA4 67.0000 267.0001 0.0001 67.0001 0.0000
TRA6 240.9022 40.9023 0.0001 240.9023 173.9022
TRA5 TRA4 135.0000 335.0002 0.0002 135.0001 0.0000
TRA6 308.9021 108.9023 -0.0002 308.9022 173.9021
TRA6 TRA5 0.0000 200.0004 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 228.2671
TRA7 228.2671 28.2669 0.0002 228.2670 228.2668
TRA6 TRA5 67.0000 266.9999 0.0001 67.0000 0.0000
TRA7 295.2676 95.2673 0.0003 295.2675 228.2675
TRA6 TRA5 135.0000 335.0002 0.0002 135.0001 0.0000
TRA7 363.2671 163.2672 -0.0001 363.2672 228.2671
TRA7 TRA6 0.0000 200.0003 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 171.5042
TRA8 171.5044 371.5041 0.0003 171.5043 171.5041
TRA7 TRA6 67.0000 267.0001 0.0001 67.0001 0.0000
TRA8 238.5047 38.5045 0.0002 238.5046 171.5046
TRA7 TRA6 135.0000 335.0003 0.0003 135.0002 0.0000
TRA8 306.5042 106.5039 0.0003 306.5041 171.5039
TRA8 TRA7 0.0000 200.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000 285.4652
TRA9 285.4651 85.4654 0.0003 285.4653 285.4652
TRA8 TRA7 67.0000 266.9999 0.0001 67.0000 0.0000
TRA9 352.4650 152.4653 0.0003 352.4652 285.4652
TRA8 TRA7 135.0000 335.0000 0.0000 135.0000 0.0000
TRA9 20.4651 220.4653 -0.0002 20.4652 285.4652
TRA9 TRA8 0.0000 200.0002 0.0002 0.0001 0.0000 221.1626
TRA10 221.1625 21.1626 0.0001 221.1626 221.1625
TRA9 TRA8 67.0000 266.9999 0.0001 67.0000 0.0000
TRA10 288.1630 88.1633 0.0003 288.1632 221.1632
TRA9 TRA8 135.0000 335.0001 0.0001 135.0001 0.0000
TRA10 356.1622 156.1624 -0.0002 356.1623 221.1623
TRA10 TRA9 0.0000 200.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000 184.5163
TRA11 184.5163 384.5166 0.0003 184.5165 184.5164
TRA10 TRA9 67.0000 267.0001 0.0001 67.0001 0.0000
TRA11 251.5168 51.5169 0.0001 251.5169 184.5168
TRA10 TRA9 135.0000 335.0001 0.0001 135.0001 0.0000
TRA11 319.5159 119.5156 0.0003 319.5158 184.5157
TRA11 TRA10 0.0000 200.0003 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 288.3938
TRA12 288.3942 88.3942 0.0000 288.3942 288.3941
TRA11 TRA10 67.0000 266.9998 0.0002 66.9999 0.0000
TRA12 355.3939 155.3936 0.0003 355.3938 288.3939
TRA11 TRA10 135.0000 335.0003 0.0003 135.0002 0.0000
TRA12 23.3937 223.3934 0.0003 23.3936 288.3934
TRA12 TRA11 0.0000 200.0003 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 227.7742
TRA13 227.7745 27.7742 0.0003 227.7744 227.7742

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪67.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪294.7741‬‬ ‫‪94.7739‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪294.7740‬‬ ‫‪227.7739‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪135.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪362.7745‬‬ ‫‪162.7744‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪362.7745‬‬ ‫‪227.7744‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪146.0071‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪146.0071‬‬ ‫‪346.0072‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪146.0072‬‬ ‫‪146.0071‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪213.0074‬‬ ‫‪13.0074‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪213.0074‬‬ ‫‪146.0074‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪334.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪134.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪281.0067‬‬ ‫‪81.0070‬‬ ‫‪-0.0003‬‬ ‫‪281.0069‬‬ ‫‪146.0070‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪143.5081‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪143.5081‬‬ ‫‪343.5081‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪143.5081‬‬ ‫‪143.5080‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪67.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪210.5083‬‬ ‫‪10.5083‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪210.5083‬‬ ‫‪143.5082‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪334.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪134.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪278.5081‬‬ ‫‪78.5078‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪278.5080‬‬ ‫‪143.5081‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (4-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺻﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬
‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪338.5667‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪338.5669‬‬ ‫‪338.5668‬‬ ‫‪-0.0001‬‬ ‫‪338.5669‬‬ ‫‪338.5668‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪5.5670‬‬ ‫‪205.5667‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪5.5668‬‬ ‫‪338.5669‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪135.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪73.5665‬‬ ‫‪273.5668‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪73.5667‬‬ ‫‪338.5665‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪109.4397‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪109.4398‬‬ ‫‪309.4396‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪109.4397‬‬ ‫‪109.4397‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪67.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪176.4396‬‬ ‫‪376.4396‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪176.4396‬‬ ‫‪109.4395‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪334.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪134.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪244.4401‬‬ ‫‪44.4398‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪244.4400‬‬ ‫‪109.4401‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪249.2073‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪249.2076‬‬ ‫‪49.2077‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪249.2077‬‬ ‫‪249.2075‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪266.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪316.2072‬‬ ‫‪116.2072‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪316.2072‬‬ ‫‪249.2073‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪384.2071‬‬ ‫‪184.2073‬‬ ‫‪-0.0002‬‬ ‫‪384.2072‬‬ ‫‪249.2072‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪242.0377‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪242.0379‬‬ ‫‪42.0379‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪242.0379‬‬ ‫‪242.0378‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪67.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪309.0378‬‬ ‫‪109.0381‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪309.0380‬‬ ‫‪242.0379‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪335.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪135.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪377.0375‬‬ ‫‪177.0372‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪377.0374‬‬ ‫‪242.0373‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪227.5219‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪227.5222‬‬ ‫‪27.5220‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪227.5221‬‬ ‫‪227.5220‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪67.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

TRA5 294.5220 94.5218 0.0002 294.5219 227.5218
TRA4 TRA3 135.0000 335.0001 0.0001 135.0001 0.0000
TRA5 362.5221 162.5220 0.0001 362.5221 227.5220
TRA5 TRA4 0.0000 200.0002 0.0002 0.0001 0.0000 173.9032
TRA6 173.9031 373.9028 0.0003 173.9030 173.9029
TRA5 TRA4 67.0000 267.0000 0.0000 67.0000 0.0000
TRA6 240.9036 40.9038 0.0002 240.9037 173.9037
TRA5 TRA4 135.0000 335.0002 0.0002 135.0001 0.0000
TRA6 308.9029 108.9032 -0.0003 308.9031 173.9030
TRA6 TRA5 0.0000 200.0004 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 228.2680
TRA7 228.2681 28.2682 0.0001 228.2682 228.2680
TRA6 TRA5 67.0000 267.0002 0.0002 67.0001 0.0000
TRA7 295.2678 95.2677 0.0001 295.2678 228.2677
TRA6 TRA5 135.0000 334.9999 0.0001 135.0000 0.0000
TRA7 363.2684 163.2685 -0.0001 363.2685 228.2685
TRA7 TRA6 0.0000 200.0003 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 171.5062
TRA8 171.5059 371.5061 0.0002 171.5060 171.5059
TRA7 TRA6 67.0000 267.0002 0.0002 67.0001 0.0000
TRA8 238.5064 38.5063 0.0001 238.5064 171.5063
TRA7 TRA6 135.0000 335.0001 0.0001 135.0001 0.0000
TRA8 306.5063 106.5065 -0.0002 306.5064 171.5064
TRA8 TRA7 0.0000 200.0003 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 285.4653
TRA9 285.4653 85.4651 0.0002 285.4652 285.4651
TRA8 TRA7 67.0000 266.9999 0.0001 67.0000 0.0000
TRA9 352.4657 152.4657 0.0000 352.4657 285.4658
TRA8 TRA7 135.0000 334.9998 0.0002 134.9999 0.0000
TRA9 20.4649 220.4649 0.0000 20.4649 285.4650
TRA9 TRA8 0.0000 200.0004 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 221.1619
TRA10 221.1619 21.1621 0.0002 221.1620 221.1618
TRA9 TRA8 67.0000 267.0001 0.0001 67.0001 0.0000
TRA10 288.1618 88.1621 0.0003 288.1620 221.1619
TRA9 TRA8 135.0000 335.0001 0.0001 135.0001 0.0000
TRA10 356.1618 156.1621 -0.0003 356.1620 221.1619
TRA10 TRA9 0.0000 200.0003 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 184.5180
TRA11 184.5177 384.5175 0.0002 184.5176 184.5175
TRA10 TRA9 67.0000 266.9998 0.0002 66.9999 0.0000
TRA11 251.5182 51.5185 0.0003 251.5184 184.5185
TRA10 TRA9 135.0000 335.0002 0.0002 135.0001 0.0000
TRA11 319.5182 119.5179 0.0003 319.5181 184.5180
TRA11 TRA10 0.0000 200.0002 0.0002 0.0001 0.0000 288.3949
TRA12 288.3951 88.3952 0.0001 288.3952 288.3951
TRA11 TRA10 67.0000 267.0003 0.0003 67.0002 0.0000
TRA12 355.3948 155.3945 0.0003 355.3947 288.3945
TRA11 TRA10 135.0000 335.0003 0.0003 135.0002 0.0000
TRA12 23.3953 223.3952 0.0001 23.3953 288.3951
TRA12 TRA11 0.0000 200.0004 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 227.7730
TRA13 227.7731 27.7734 0.0003 227.7733 227.7731
TRA12 TRA11 67.0000 267.0000 0.0000 67.0000 0.0000

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪294.7728‬‬ ‫‪94.7730‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪294.7729‬‬ ‫‪227.7729‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪334.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪134.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪362.7730‬‬ ‫‪162.7727‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪362.7729‬‬ ‫‪227.7730‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪146.0088‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪146.0089‬‬ ‫‪346.0086‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪146.0088‬‬ ‫‪146.0086‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪267.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪67.0002‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪213.0093‬‬ ‫‪13.0092‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪213.0093‬‬ ‫‪146.0091‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪334.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪281.0087‬‬ ‫‪81.0087‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪281.0087‬‬ ‫‪146.0088‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪200.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬ ‫‪143.5094‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪143.5092‬‬ ‫‪343.5089‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪143.5091‬‬ ‫‪143.5090‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪67.0000‬‬ ‫‪266.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪66.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪210.5096‬‬ ‫‪10.5097‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬ ‫‪210.5097‬‬ ‫‪143.5098‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪135.0000‬‬ ‫‪334.9998‬‬ ‫‪0.0002‬‬ ‫‪134.9999‬‬ ‫‪0.0000‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪278.5095‬‬ ‫‪78.5092‬‬ ‫‪0.0003‬‬ ‫‪278.5094‬‬ ‫‪143.5095‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.3.2.3.2‬‬

‫𝒎𝒎𝟓‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ً ﻭﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ً ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ 𝒎𝒑𝒑𝟓‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (4-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ً ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ً ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪m‬‬
‫‪C-TRA1‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬ ‫‪0.000‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬
‫‪TRA1-TRA2‬‬ ‫‪46.843‬‬ ‫‪46.842‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪46.843‬‬
‫‪TRA2-TRA3‬‬ ‫‪32.927‬‬ ‫‪32.924‬‬ ‫‪0.003‬‬ ‫‪32.926‬‬
‫‪TRA3-TRA4‬‬ ‫‪63.615‬‬ ‫‪63.616‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪63.616‬‬
‫‪TRA4-TRA5‬‬ ‫‪54.355‬‬ ‫‪54.353‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.354‬‬
‫‪TRA5-TRA6‬‬ ‫‪52.553‬‬ ‫‪52.555‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪52.554‬‬
‫‪TRA6-TRA7‬‬ ‫‪58.391‬‬ ‫‪58.389‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪58.390‬‬
‫‪TRA7-TRA8‬‬ ‫‪54.673‬‬ ‫‪54.675‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.674‬‬
‫‪TRA8-TRA9‬‬ ‫‪57.901‬‬ ‫‪57.900‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪57.901‬‬
‫‪TRA9-TRA10‬‬ ‫‪59.097‬‬ ‫‪59.098‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪59.098‬‬
‫‪TRA10-TRA11‬‬ ‫‪61.913‬‬ ‫‪61.915‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪61.914‬‬
‫‪TRA11-TRA12‬‬ ‫‪54.473‬‬ ‫‪54.472‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪54.473‬‬
‫‪TRA12-TRA13‬‬ ‫‪55.311‬‬ ‫‪55.310‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪55.311‬‬
‫‪TRA13-S116‬‬ ‫‪54.641‬‬ ‫‪54.640‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪54.641‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ً ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ً ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪m‬‬
‫‪C-TRA1‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬ ‫‪80.811‬‬ ‫‪0.003‬‬ ‫‪80.813‬‬
‫‪TRA1-TRA2‬‬ ‫‪46.843‬‬ ‫‪46.844‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪46.844‬‬
‫‪TRA2-TRA3‬‬ ‫‪32.927‬‬ ‫‪32.930‬‬ ‫‪-0.003‬‬ ‫‪32.929‬‬
‫‪TRA3-TRA4‬‬ ‫‪63.615‬‬ ‫‪63.618‬‬ ‫‪-0.003‬‬ ‫‪63.617‬‬
‫‪TRA4-TRA5‬‬ ‫‪54.355‬‬ ‫‪54.353‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.354‬‬
‫‪TRA5-TRA6‬‬ ‫‪52.553‬‬ ‫‪52.552‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪52.553‬‬
‫‪TRA6-TRA7‬‬ ‫‪58.391‬‬ ‫‪58.390‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪58.391‬‬
‫‪TRA7-TRA8‬‬ ‫‪54.673‬‬ ‫‪54.672‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪54.673‬‬
‫‪TRA8-TRA9‬‬ ‫‪57.901‬‬ ‫‪57.898‬‬ ‫‪0.003‬‬ ‫‪57.900‬‬
‫‪TRA9-TRA10‬‬ ‫‪59.097‬‬ ‫‪59.095‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪59.096‬‬
‫‪TRA10-TRA11‬‬ ‫‪61.913‬‬ ‫‪61.910‬‬ ‫‪0.003‬‬ ‫‪61.912‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪TRA11-TRA12‬‬ ‫‪54.473‬‬ ‫‪54.475‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.474‬‬
‫‪TRA12-TRA13‬‬ ‫‪55.311‬‬ ‫‪55.309‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪55.310‬‬
‫‪TRA13-S116‬‬ ‫‪54.641‬‬ ‫‪54.643‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.642‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3.2.3.3‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Network Adjustment‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪:Network Adjustment‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ )‪ (Microsoft Visual basic 10‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪.Autodesk Land‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ‪.μ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪Known Points‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(17-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪Unknown Points‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(18-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪Direction‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(19-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪Distance‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(20-3‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Calculate Approximate Coordinates‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪Adjustment‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(21-3‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Adjust Network‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪. Adjustment‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Draw Network‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Output‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(22-3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(6-3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫)‪X (m‬‬ ‫)‪Y (m‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪-303227.458‬‬ ‫‪152048.436‬‬

‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪-303225.423‬‬ ‫‪152095.235‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪-303201.429‬‬ ‫‪152117.786‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪-303138.093‬‬ ‫‪152123.763‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪-303086.818‬‬ ‫‪152105.727‬‬
‫‪TRA6‬‬ ‫‪-303034.400‬‬ ‫‪152109.491‬‬
‫‪TRA7‬‬ ‫‪-302980.010‬‬ ‫‪152088.248‬‬
‫‪TRA8‬‬ ‫‪-302925.491‬‬ ‫‪152092.358‬‬
‫‪TRA9‬‬ ‫‪-302908.184‬‬ ‫‪152037.104‬‬
‫‪TRA10‬‬ ‫‪-302909.889‬‬ ‫‪151978.032‬‬
‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪-302896.721‬‬ ‫‪151917.536‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪-302946.966‬‬ ‫‪151896.492‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪-303002.232‬‬ ‫‪151898.684‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(23-3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (7-3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫)‪X (m‬‬ ‫)‪Y (m‬‬

‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪-303227.456‬‬ ‫‪152048.437‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪-303225.423‬‬ ‫‪152095.235‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪-303201.432‬‬ ‫‪152117.786‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪-303138.097‬‬ ‫‪152123.764‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪-303086.822‬‬ ‫‪152105.727‬‬
‫‪TRA6‬‬ ‫‪-303034.403‬‬ ‫‪152109.492‬‬
‫‪TRA7‬‬ ‫‪-302980.013‬‬ ‫‪152088.249‬‬
‫‪TRA8‬‬ ‫‪-302925.493‬‬ ‫‪152092.360‬‬
‫‪TRA9‬‬ ‫‪-302908.185‬‬ ‫‪152037.106‬‬
‫‪TRA10‬‬ ‫‪-302909.891‬‬ ‫‪151978.032‬‬
‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪-302896.722‬‬ ‫‪151917.534‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪-302946.966‬‬ ‫‪151896.490‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪-303002.233‬‬ ‫‪151898.683‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ TRA8‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ 3 mm‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ 16 mm‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻭﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺑﻴﺮ ‪، RN7‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻔﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(8-3‬ﺃﺭﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ً ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻳﺎﺑﺎ ً ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪m‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪C-TRA1‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬ ‫‪0.000‬‬ ‫‪80.814‬‬
‫‪TRA1-TRA2‬‬ ‫‪46.843‬‬ ‫‪46.842‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪46.843‬‬
‫‪TRA2-TRA3‬‬ ‫‪32.927‬‬ ‫‪32.924‬‬ ‫‪0.003‬‬ ‫‪32.926‬‬
‫‪TRA3-TRA4‬‬ ‫‪63.615‬‬ ‫‪63.616‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪63.616‬‬
‫‪TRA4-TRA5‬‬ ‫‪54.355‬‬ ‫‪54.353‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.354‬‬
‫‪TRA5-TRA6‬‬ ‫‪52.553‬‬ ‫‪52.555‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪52.554‬‬
‫‪TRA6-TRA7‬‬ ‫‪58.391‬‬ ‫‪58.389‬‬ ‫‪0.002‬‬ ‫‪58.390‬‬
‫‪TRA7-TRA8‬‬ ‫‪54.673‬‬ ‫‪54.675‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪54.674‬‬
‫‪TRA8-TRA9‬‬ ‫‪57.901‬‬ ‫‪57.900‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪57.901‬‬
‫‪TRA9-TRA10‬‬ ‫‪59.097‬‬ ‫‪59.098‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪59.098‬‬
‫‪TRA10-TRA11‬‬ ‫‪61.913‬‬ ‫‪61.915‬‬ ‫‪-0.002‬‬ ‫‪61.914‬‬
‫‪TRA11-TRA12‬‬ ‫‪54.473‬‬ ‫‪54.472‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪54.473‬‬
‫‪TRA12-TRA13‬‬ ‫‪55.311‬‬ ‫‪55.310‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪55.311‬‬
‫‪TRA13-S116‬‬ ‫‪54.641‬‬ ‫‪54.640‬‬ ‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪54.641‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (9-3‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ‪m‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.464‬‬ ‫‪38.255‬‬
‫‪0.226‬‬ ‫‪23.727‬‬ ‫‪0.345‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪2.368‬‬ ‫‪24.056‬‬ ‫‪-1.903‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪36.351‬‬
‫‪2.128‬‬
‫‪3.093‬‬
‫‪2.909‬‬ ‫‪18.379‬‬ ‫‪3.001‬‬ ‫‪2.248‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪1.090‬‬ ‫‪18.439‬‬ ‫‪2.003‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪38.354‬‬
‫‪0.906‬‬
‫‪2.140‬‬
‫‪1.902‬‬ ‫‪23.893‬‬ ‫‪2.021‬‬ ‫‪0.998‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪3.342‬‬ ‫‪23.808‬‬ ‫‪-1.202‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪37.151‬‬
‫‪3.104‬‬
‫‪0.563‬‬
‫‪0.347‬‬ ‫‪21.530‬‬ ‫‪0.455‬‬ ‫‪3.223‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪1.926‬‬ ‫‪21.304‬‬ ‫‪-1.364‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪35.786‬‬
‫‪1.712‬‬
‫‪0.750‬‬
‫‪0.374‬‬ ‫‪37.513‬‬ ‫‪0.562‬‬ ‫‪1.819‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪2.940‬‬ ‫‪37.449‬‬ ‫‪-2.191‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪33.594‬‬
‫‪2.566‬‬
‫‪0.461‬‬
‫‪0.095‬‬ ‫‪36.605‬‬ ‫‪0.278‬‬ ‫‪2.753‬‬
‫‪TRA6‬‬ ‫‪1.802‬‬ ‫‪36.030‬‬ ‫‪-1.344‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪32.249‬‬
‫‪1.442‬‬
‫‪0.882‬‬
‫‪0.628‬‬ ‫‪25.364‬‬ ‫‪0.755‬‬ ‫‪1.622‬‬
‫‪TRA7‬‬ ‫‪2.977‬‬ ‫‪25.336‬‬ ‫‪-2.095‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪30.153‬‬
‫‪2.723‬‬
‫‪0.580‬‬
‫‪0.314‬‬ ‫‪26.619‬‬ ‫‪0.447‬‬ ‫‪2.850‬‬
‫‪TRA8‬‬ ‫‪2.170‬‬ ‫‪26.343‬‬ ‫‪-1.591‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪28.561‬‬
‫‪1.906‬‬
‫‪1.086‬‬
‫‪0.848‬‬ ‫‪23.817‬‬ ‫‪0.967‬‬ ‫‪2.038‬‬
‫‪TRA9‬‬ ‫‪3.386‬‬ ‫‪23.169‬‬ ‫‪-2.303‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪26.257‬‬
‫‪3.154‬‬
‫‪1.541‬‬
‫‪1.305‬‬ ‫‪23.665‬‬ ‫‪1.423‬‬ ‫‪3.270‬‬
‫‪TRA10‬‬ ‫‪1.929‬‬ ‫‪23.985‬‬ ‫‪-0.386‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪25.870‬‬
‫‪1.689‬‬
‫‪3.374‬‬
‫‪3.082‬‬ ‫‪29.283‬‬ ‫‪3.228‬‬ ‫‪1.809‬‬
‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪2.074‬‬ ‫‪29.021‬‬ ‫‪1.299‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪27.168‬‬
‫‪1.784‬‬
‫‪3.871‬‬
‫‪3.465‬‬ ‫‪40.537‬‬ ‫‪3.668‬‬ ‫‪1.929‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪1.622‬‬ ‫‪40.220‬‬ ‫‪2.247‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪29.414‬‬
‫‪1.220‬‬
‫‪4.120‬‬
‫‪3.830‬‬ ‫‪28.906‬‬ ‫‪3.975‬‬ ‫‪1.421‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪1.230‬‬ ‫‪28.984‬‬ ‫‪2.890‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪32.303‬‬
‫‪0.940‬‬
‫‪2.428‬‬
‫‪2.168‬‬ ‫‪26.049‬‬ ‫‪2.298‬‬ ‫‪1.085‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪2.916‬‬ ‫‪26.984‬‬ ‫‪-0.483‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪31.819‬‬
‫‪2.646‬‬
‫‪0.597‬‬
‫‪0.337‬‬ ‫‪26.040‬‬ ‫‪0.467‬‬ ‫‪2.781‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3.504‬‬ ‫‪27.984‬‬ ‫‪-2.897‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪28.921‬‬
‫‪3.224‬‬
‫‪1.567‬‬
‫‪1.367‬‬ ‫‪20.040‬‬ ‫‪1.467‬‬ ‫‪3.364‬‬
‫‪S2‬‬ ‫‪3.953‬‬ ‫‪20.984‬‬ ‫‪-2.381‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪26.540‬‬
‫‪3.743‬‬
‫‪0.647‬‬
‫‪0.487‬‬ ‫‪16.040‬‬ ‫‪0.567‬‬ ‫‪3.848‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪2.353‬‬ ‫‪16.984‬‬ ‫‪-1.701‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪24.838‬‬
‫‪2.183‬‬
‫‪0.688‬‬
‫‪0.508‬‬ ‫‪18.040‬‬ ‫‪0.598‬‬ ‫‪2.268‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪2.911‬‬ ‫‪18.984‬‬ ‫‪-2.218‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪22.620‬‬
‫‪2.721‬‬
‫‪0.771‬‬
‫‪0.621‬‬ ‫‪15.043‬‬ ‫‪0.696‬‬ ‫‪2.816‬‬
‫‪RN7‬‬ ‫‪3.043‬‬ ‫‪15.642‬‬ ‫‪-2.269‬‬ ‫‪-0.001‬‬ ‫‪20.350‬‬
‫‪2.887‬‬ ‫‪2.965‬‬
‫‪Σ‬‬ ‫‪966.796‬‬ ‫‪27.218‬‬ ‫‪0.000‬‬ ‫‪45.107‬‬ ‫‪-17.889‬‬ ‫‪-0.016‬‬
‫ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10-3‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(10-3‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪33.289‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪38.255‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪36.351‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪38.354‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪37.151‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪35.786‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪33.594‬‬
‫‪TRA6‬‬ ‫‪32.249‬‬
‫‪TRA7‬‬ ‫‪30.153‬‬
‫‪TRA8‬‬ ‫‪28.561‬‬
‫‪TRA9‬‬ ‫‪26.257‬‬
‫‪TRA10‬‬ ‫‪25.870‬‬
‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪27.168‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪29.414‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪32.303‬‬
‫‪S116‬‬ ‫‪31.819‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪:(11-3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ .(11-3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫)‪X (m‬‬ ‫)‪Y (m‬‬ ‫)‪Z (m‬‬
‫‪TRA1‬‬ ‫‪36.351‬‬
‫‪TRA2‬‬ ‫‪38.354‬‬
‫‪TRA3‬‬ ‫‪37.151‬‬
‫‪TRA4‬‬ ‫‪35.786‬‬
‫‪TRA5‬‬ ‫‪33.594‬‬
‫‪TRA6‬‬ ‫‪32.249‬‬
‫‪TRA7‬‬ ‫‪30.153‬‬
‫‪TRA8‬‬ ‫‪28.561‬‬
‫‪TRA9‬‬ ‫‪26.257‬‬
‫‪TRA10‬‬ ‫‪25.870‬‬
‫‪TRA11‬‬ ‫‪27.168‬‬
‫‪TRA12‬‬ ‫‪29.414‬‬
‫‪TRA13‬‬ ‫‪32.303‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺻﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Total Station South N6‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫) 𝑚𝑝𝑝 ‪ ( 5 𝑚𝑚 5‬ﻭﻟﻼﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ) ‪،( 10‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺗﻴﺔ( ﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻞ )‪ ،(m20‬ﻣﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗَﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻲ )‪،(m 0.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (12-3‬ﺯﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪RG‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪PE‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪BU‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﺭﻳﻐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻁﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺭﺻﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13-3‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬

‫‪ID‬‬ ‫)‪X(m‬‬ ‫)‪Y(m‬‬ ‫)‪Z(m‬‬ ‫‪Type‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪26.7‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪36.2‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪37.1‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪37.2‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪37.9‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪38.1‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪38.4‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪38.4‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪38.2‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪37.85‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪37.85‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪37.7‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪37.6‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪37.6‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪36.3‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪36.1‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪35.9‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪33.75‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪33.8‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪33.3‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪32.3‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪32.25‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪32.6‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪32.6‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪1038‬‬ ‫‪34.732‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1039‬‬ ‫‪35.658‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1040‬‬ ‫‪35.924‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1041‬‬ ‫‪34.586‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1042‬‬ ‫‪34.557‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1043‬‬ ‫‪34.642‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1044‬‬ ‫‪34.623‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1045‬‬ ‫‪34.614‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1046‬‬ ‫‪35.623‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1047‬‬ ‫‪35.632‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1048‬‬ ‫‪35.631‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1049‬‬ ‫‪35.726‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1050‬‬ ‫‪35.845‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1051‬‬ ‫‪35.663‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1052‬‬ ‫‪34.087‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1053‬‬ ‫‪33.734‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1054‬‬ ‫‪33.815‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1055‬‬ ‫‪34.187‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1056‬‬ ‫‪34.198‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1057‬‬ ‫‪34.486‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1058‬‬ ‫‪34.487‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1059‬‬ ‫‪34.486‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1060‬‬ ‫‪34.563‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1061‬‬ ‫‪34.643‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1062‬‬ ‫‪34.523‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1063‬‬ ‫‪34.734‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1064‬‬ ‫‪34.712‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1065‬‬ ‫‪34.642‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1066‬‬ ‫‪34.395‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1067‬‬ ‫‪34.432‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1068‬‬ ‫‪33.328‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1069‬‬ ‫‪33.256‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1070‬‬ ‫‪33.457‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1071‬‬ ‫‪33.679‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1072‬‬ ‫‪34.087‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1073‬‬ ‫‪33.645‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1074‬‬ ‫‪33.235‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1075‬‬ ‫‪33.236‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1076‬‬ ‫‪33.647‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1077‬‬ ‫‪33.824‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1078‬‬ ‫‪33.823‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1079‬‬ ‫‪33.625‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1080‬‬ ‫‪33.234‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1081‬‬ ‫‪33.824‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1082‬‬ ‫‪33.432‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1083‬‬ ‫‪33.452‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫‪1084‬‬ ‫‪33.832‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫‪.3.2.5.1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ South N6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ )‪ (DRIVE‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ 365‬ﻭﺿﻤﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ME2KXP-v1.698-810‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ SETUP‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻧﻀﻊ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USP‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺴﺔ > ‪<MENU‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪MEMORY MGR (3‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪FILE OUTPUT (4‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ )‪ Meas file (1‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ )‪ Coord file (2‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺿﻐﻂ >‪ F2> LIST‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﺍﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Disk:A+Disk:B‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ (A‬ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﻭ )‪ (B‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ )‪ (A‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ >‪ <F4‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (ENT‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﺿﻐﻂ )‪ NTS-660 .(2‬ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎ )‪ (File output‬ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ >‪ F4>ENT‬ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪ ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻧﺺ ‪TXT‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺒﻞ )‪( USB-USB‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺴﺔ > ‪<MENU‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪MEMORY MGR (3‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪ Data Transfer (2‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪DiskMode U (3‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ .…… Connected to PC‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻗﺔ )‪ (B‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪TXT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ .4.1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،Excel‬ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ) ‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪ .(Pro‬ﺷﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪ (ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ‪ ،(..‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ‪ ،.‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4.2‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣـﻴـﺚ ﺗـﻮﻓــﺮ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟــﺘــﺼــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟـﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗـﺤﻠـﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ ،(Project‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪.ArcGIS Online‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows 10‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ArcGIS ← ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪Pro‬‬
‫‪ ← 2‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﺍ ً ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﻓﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ← ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 3‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟـﺐ ‪Map‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ) ‪Blank‬‬
‫‪ (Templets‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪ (New‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪) .‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Map‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁﻴﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-4‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Pro‬ﻓﻲ ‪Windows 10‬‬
‫اﻟ ﻞ )‪ (2-4‬ﻻﻓ ﺔ اﻟ ا ﺔ ﻟ ﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Pro‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-4‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3-4‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫‪ ← 4‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪ (Create a New Project‬ﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪ Tishreen University‬ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪C:\Users\Windows 10\Documents\ArcGIS\Projects‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )‪.(Create a New Project‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫)‪ (Create a new folder for this project‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ ،aprx.‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 5‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،ok‬ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎﻩ ‪ ،Tishreen University‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ )‪ribbon-‬‬
‫‪ (style‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map layers‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪ (views‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(5-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ "‪ "Insert‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎء ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-4‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺭﺳﺎء ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ ،(auto-hide‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪ (Catalog‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6-4‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ً ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫)‪ ،(Project‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog‬‬
‫ﺗُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪ ،(Topographic‬ﺑﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.ArcGIS Online‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ‪Topographic‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .4.3‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪ ← (Layer‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ ← (Add Data‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ‪ Add Data‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8-4‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ Photo of Tishreen.jpg‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OK‬ﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Add Data‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9-4‬ﺟﺰء ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪(Contents Pane‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-4‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-4‬ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4.4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ← ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ )‪ ← (Properties‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ ← (Coordinate Systems‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﺮﻭﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻱ )‪← (Deir_ez_Zor_Levant_Stereographic‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ‪.Ok‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4.5‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ← ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ )‪ ← (Properties‬ﻭﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ ← (General‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ )‪ (Display Units‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ ← (meters‬ﺛﻢ ‪.Ok‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫‪ .4.6‬ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪ (georeference‬ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Google‬‬
‫‪ ،Earth Pro‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫)‪ (georeference‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ )‪ (ground control points‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Google Earth Pro‬‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Google Earth Pro‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (14-4‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Google Earth Pro‬‬

‫‪ ← 2‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Tools‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ← ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Options‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ‪UTM‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،3D View‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﻳﺔ ← ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪.OK‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (15-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Google Earth Pro‬‬

‫‪ ← 3‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ← Add Placemark‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ← ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ← ﺛﻢ ‪.Ok‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (16-4‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Google Earth Pro‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17-4‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (17-4‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ← 4‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﻘﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ KML‬ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (18-4‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪.KML‬‬

‫‪ ← 5‬ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ KML‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.Add Data‬‬
‫‪ ← 6‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ )‪ ← (Analysis‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪Geoprcessing‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ← Geoprcessing Pane‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ‪ Find Tool‬ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪KML To Layer‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ KML‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ‪.Layer‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (19-4‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.KML To Layer‬‬

‫‪ ← 7‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Google Earth pro‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ )ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ( ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Run‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (20-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.KML To Layer‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(21-4‬ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪ ،(View‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻳﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺴﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (21-4‬ﺗﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪.(View‬‬

‫‪ ← 8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ← Imagery‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ‪ Georeference‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪،Alignment‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Georeference‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ← 9‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ← Georeference‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Prepare‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Fit to Display‬ﻻﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪.(Georeference‬‬
‫‪ ← 10‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Add Control Points‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ← Adjust‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ )‪ From point (Source‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ( ← ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ← ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-4‬ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ )‪ To Point (Target‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 11‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Control Point Table‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Review‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،Georeference‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ‪ Source X‬ﻭ ‪ Source Y‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺗﻬﺎ )ﺑﻜﺴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪ X Map‬ﻭ ‪ Y Map‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪ Map‬ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺗﻬﺎ )ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ (Affine) 1st Order Polynomial‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (22-4‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪Control Point Table‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ground control points‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﻁﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ) ‪root‬‬
‫‪ (mean square error‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺑـ )‪ RMSE‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،(RMS error‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪ (1) .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪(2) ،‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (rectify‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (Rectification‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ ،RGB‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (23-4‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ً‬

‫‪ ← 12‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (24-5‬ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Project‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (UTM Zone 36N‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻱ )‪(Deir_ez_Zor_Levant_Stereographic‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ← 13‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Project‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Define Projection‬ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 14‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ (Input Dataset‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )‪ ← (Photo of Tishreen‬ﻧﺴﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )‪ (Output Dataset‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ ← (Tishreen University.gdb‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ) ‪Output Coordinate‬‬
‫‪ (System‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ← Deir_ez_Zor_Levant_Stereographic‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ (Run‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (24-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Project‬‬
‫‪ .4.7‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ ← 1‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ ← (Map‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ) ‪Layer‬‬
‫‪ (Group‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ ← (Add Data‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ ،XY Point Data‬ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (25-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ ← 2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪ XY Point Data‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ (Input Table‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪ ← (SURVEYING_POINTS.txt‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )‪ (Output Feature Class‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ )‪ ← (Survey_Points‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ )‪ (X,Y,Z Field‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻴﺒﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ← ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪.(Run‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (26-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪XY Point Data‬‬

‫‪ ← 3‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Contents Pane‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫)‪ ،(event layer‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 4‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ )ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Feature Class‬ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ← Export Data ← Data‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Feature Class To Feature Class‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ← (Geoprocessing Pane‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (Output Location‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ My_Project‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ) ‪Output Feature‬‬
‫‪ ،PointSurvey (Class‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪.(Run‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (27-4‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Feature Class‬ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ‪ PointSurvey‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ Survey_Points‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 5‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ ← (Map‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ )‪ ← (Selection Group‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Select By‬‬
‫‪ ← Attributes‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Select Layer By Attributes‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ← ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ )‪ ،(Expression‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ New expression‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ )‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ is equal to‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ‪ Bu‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍء ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ )‪ ، (Expression‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪.(Run‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (28-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Select Layer By Attributes‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟـ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ‪ Bu‬ﻭﺗﻤﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ← 6‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ‪ PointSurvey‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ Selection‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Make Layer From Selected Feature‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ← ﻳﺘﻢ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ ،PointSurvey Selection‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ Buildings_survey‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Feature Class To Feature Class‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Feature Class‬ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ←‬
‫ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 7‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ )‪ ،(Garden_Survey‬ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪ ،(Lampposts_Survey‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ )‪ ،(Roads_Survey‬ﺍﻷﺭﺻﻔﺔ )‪ ،(Sidewalk_Survey‬ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ )‪.(Tree_Survey‬‬
‫‪ ← 8‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎ ً ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Feature Dataset‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ← ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ (Tishreen University.gdb‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ )‪ ← (Catalog Pane‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ New‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ← Feature Dataset‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (29-4‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Feature Dataset‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ← 9‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Point_Survey‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ← ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ Import‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ )‪ Feature Class(es‬ﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ← ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ )‪ (Feature Class To Geodatabase‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ (Input Features‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺮ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،Add‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪.(Run‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (30-4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ .4.8‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪(Editing tools‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪(Editing tools‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪(The Edit ribbon‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((32-4‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ )‪،(snapping‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (32-4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪(The Edit ribbon‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (Status‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ )‪ (Manage Edits group‬ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء )‪ (Create‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Features Group‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ) ‪Create Features‬‬
‫‪ ،(pane‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ )‪ (Modify‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ ،(Modify Features pane‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫)‪ (vertices‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ) ‪Tools‬‬
‫‪ (Group‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪(Create Features‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﺰء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Create Features‬ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء )‪ (Create‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Features Group‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ )‪ (feature template‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ )‪ (feature template‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ )ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (33-4‬ﺟﺰء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪(The Create Features‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Buildings‬ﻳﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎء )‪ (Construction toolbar‬ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ )‪) (Active Template‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((33-4‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ List By Editing‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪(Modify Features Pane‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Modify‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪ (Features Group‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Edit‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ‪،Vertices‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (Tools Group‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (34-4‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ (Tools Group‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﺰء ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Vertices‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ b‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (35-4‬ﺟﺰء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪(Modify Features Pane‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﺰء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‪ (Modify Features pane‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﺰء "ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ"‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻴﻦ ‪ x,y‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Vertices‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺭﺳﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (36-4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Vertices‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sketches‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ )‪ ،(Sketche‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎ ً ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )‪ (segments‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻤﺎ ً ﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺑﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ )‪ (vertex‬ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫"‪ "Finish‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫"‪ "Finish‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.F2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪Sketches (37-5‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪Context menus and toolbars‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (38-4‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((38-4) (a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﻄﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍء ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ )ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ( ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (38-4‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪Context menus and toolbars‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Sketch‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ))ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪-4) (b‬‬
‫‪ ((38‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪Direction ،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ Distance،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ Absolute X,Y,Z ،‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ‪ Delta X,Y,Z‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍ ً ﻭﻁﻮﻻً ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻳﻦ )ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪segment‬‬
‫‪ (constraints‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪،(dynamic constraints‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .((38-4) (c‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Sketch‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Vertex‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((38-4) (d‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺄﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻞ )‪ (Move‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ )‪ (Rotate‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ )‪ (Resize‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .((39-4) (a‬ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪) Vertices‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((39-4) (b‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (39-4‬ﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪The Snapping toolbar‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (point‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ )‪ (end‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ )‪(vertex‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ )‪ (edge‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ( ﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫)‪) (intersection snapping‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺧﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ )‪ (midpoint‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )‪ ،(Edit ribbon‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ً ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺯﺭ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪.(map view‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (40-4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪The Snapping toolbar‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،Snapping‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ View By Snapping‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-4‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ Snapping‬ﻟﺘﻔﻌﺒﻞ ﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ Point snapping‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ End snapping‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ Vertex Snapping‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫←‬
‫ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Edge‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ Intersection Snapping‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ Midpoint Snapping‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫‪ Tangent Snapping‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫←‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ‪Creating new feature classes‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻻﺣﺘﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪ (Catalog view‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ View‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ )‪ ← (Windows Group‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪ ،(Catalog view‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ Catalog‬ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪ ،(View‬ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )‪ (Contents Pane‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪ (Catalog view‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪.(Catalog Pane‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (41-4‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog view‬‬
‫‪ ← 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ ← (Databases‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ← ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ← ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ‪ ← New‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Feature Dataset‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Create Feature Dataset‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geoprocessing Pane‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (42-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog view‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ← 3‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Create Feature Dataset‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Feature Dataset‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ← ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ← (My_Project‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ← ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪.(Run‬‬
‫‪ ← 4‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )‪ ← (Tishreen University.gdb‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Feature Dataset‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ ، My_Project‬ﻭ ﻻﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ← ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ← ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ New‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Feature Class‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (43-4‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Create Featur Class‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ Buildings‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ‪ Name‬ﻭ ‪ Alias‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ Featur Class Type‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Polygon‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ Fields‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )‪ (Name‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،Click here to add filed‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺿﻔﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪ Text‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Finsh‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Feature Dataset‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ ،My_Project‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Finsh‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Create Featur Class‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (44-4‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬

‫‪ ← 5‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ‪ Polygon‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Point‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:My_Project‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Polygon‬ﻟــ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺑﻴﻨﻴﺔ )‪ ،(buildings‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ )‪ ،(Garden‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ )‪ ،(Roads‬ﺍﻷﺭﺻﻔﺔ )‪.(Sidewalk‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ‪ Point‬ﻟــ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ،(Lampposts‬ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ )‪.(Tree‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ My_Project‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog view‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (45-4‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ My_Project‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻠﻮﺝ )‪(Catalog view‬‬

‫‪ ← 6‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ ،List By Editing‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ← 7‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Feature‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ← Edit‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ ← Create‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Create‬‬
‫‪ ← Feature‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ← ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﺎء ‪ Polygon‬ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (46-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (47-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (48-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (49-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (50-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (51-4‬ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻐﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .4.9‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ‪Topographic analysis‬‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺳﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻁﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪.Contour map‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪.hillshade map‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻮﻝ ‪ slope map‬ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ‪.Aspect‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (DEM‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺫﻭ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ X,Y,Z‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ Raster‬ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪:(DEM‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ← (Geoprcessing Pane‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )‪ ،(Toolboxes‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ 3D Analyst Tools‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ← ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Raster Interpolation‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ← ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ IDW‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 2‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ IDW‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ← (Geoprcessing Pane‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ PointSurvey‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ← Input Point Features‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ Z‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ← ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Run‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (52-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪IDW‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (53-4‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪ (DEM‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪ (DEM‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Raster Surface‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ 3D Analyst Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪.(Geoprcessing Pane‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪Contour map‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻛﻨﺘﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺘﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Contour‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Raster Surface‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ 3D Analyst Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪.(Geoprcessing Pane‬‬
‫‪ ← 3‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Contour‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ← (Geoprcessing Pane‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪ (DEM‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ ← ،Idw_PointSur1‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Contour interval‬ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﻞ ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Run‬ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (54-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Contour‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (55-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪Contour‬‬
‫‪ ← 4‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ← ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ Contour‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ← ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Symbology‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ‪ Symbology Pane‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ← ﻭﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪ ← primary symbology‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ‪Unique‬‬
‫‪ ← Values‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪.Contour‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (56-4‬ﺗﻨﺼﻴﻒ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪Contour‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ ‪ Contour map‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (57-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭ ‪ Contour‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪Hillshade map‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Hillshade‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Raster Surface‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪3D Analyst Tools‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪.(Geoprcessing Pane‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (58-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.Hillshade‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪ hillshade map‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (59-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪.Hillshade‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪Slope map‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Slope‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Raster Surface‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ 3D Analyst Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ) ‪Geoprcessing‬‬
‫‪.(Pane‬‬
‫‪ ← 5‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Slope‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Geoprcessing Pane‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪ (DEM‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ ،Idw_PointSur1‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ Output raster‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪Output‬‬
‫‪ measurement‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Degree‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ‪ Run‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (60-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Slope‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Slope map‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (61-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪.Slope map‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ‪Aspect map‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪(...‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Aspect‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Raster Surface‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ 3D Analyst Tools‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ) ‪Geoprcessing‬‬
‫‪.(Pane‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (62-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Aspect‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ Aspect map‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (63-4‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ Aspect map‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬

‫‪ .4.10‬ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ ‪Creating a Layout‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪.(Layout‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ :(Layout‬ﻭﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ،PDF‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ (2D‬ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ ،(3D‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ ،(title‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪ ،(scale bar‬ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ )‪ ،(north arrow‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ ،(legend‬ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪.(graticule‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (legend‬ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪ (scale bar‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ )‪(north arrow‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ (graticule‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﻴﻖ ﻹﺣﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ )‪ (titles‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺗﻤﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪) map‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪ (project map‬ﻭﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪ map frame‬ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪ layout,‬ﻭﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪layout file‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪) map‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪ (project map‬ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ‪ Layouts‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ map frames‬ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ )‪ ،(pagx.‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﻨﺢ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻛﺘﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎ ً ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،PDF‬ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (map extent‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x-y‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﺒﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻼﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻹﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻁﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ،1:24000‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((64-4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ‪ Fixed extent‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﻞ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ‪ Fixed center‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ )ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Fixed center and scale‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟـ‬
‫‪ ،Extent‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ Fixed scale‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ .24000 :1‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻄﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Rotation‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (64-4‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪Setting up scale bars‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ "ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ ".62500 :1‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟـ ‪ArcGIS‬‬
‫‪ Pro‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ )‪ (divisions‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،subdivisions‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (65-4‬ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ )ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ division value‬ﻫﻲ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺒﺮﺍ ً ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻁﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪Adjust Width‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻟﻸﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ‪ Adjust Division Value‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3.14‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ 0.4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 0.6‬ﻣﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪Adjust Number of Divisions‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻗﻠﻴﻼً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3.14‬ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ‪.0.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪Labeling, text, and annotation‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻧﻠﺨﺺ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ‪ Graphic text‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺺ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻛﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪ Dynamic labels‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣــﺤــﺮﻙ ‪Maplex‬‬
‫‪ Label‬ﺍﻟــﻤــﺘــﻘــﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـــﺬﻱ ﻳــﺴــﻤﺢ ﻟـﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (66-4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ً ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺂﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻬﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﻜ ًﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪ Annotation‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ArcGIS Pro 2.1 .‬ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ، ArcMap‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻘﺪ ًﻣﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪.ArcGIS Pro.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ‪creating a simple layout‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎ ً ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎ ً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫‪ ← 1‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ )‪ (INSERT‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ← ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪New‬‬
‫‪ (Layout‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ :(Project group‬ﻭﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ‪)ISO-LandScape A5 148 mm X 210 mm‬ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (67-4‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ (View‬ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ Layout‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ )‪.(Layouts‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (68-4‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map Frame‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map Frames group‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ )‪ ← (INSERT‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ← ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ← ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (69-4‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪.Map Frames‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (70-4‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ← 2‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ← ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪General‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ← Tishreen University Layout‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ،Layout‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ )‪.(Properties‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (71-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺿﻔﻨﺎ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (map frame‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 3‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (map frame‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ← ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫)‪ ← (Properties‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﺰء ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )‪ ← (Element pane‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ← Placement‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (72-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 4‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪ (Layout‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ← ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Activate‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪،Map group‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼً ﻋﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (73-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Activate‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ‪ Navigation‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Map‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 4600 :1‬ﻭ‪ .5000 :1‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 400‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪4800 :1‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﺃﻱ ‪ 400‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 5‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ 1:5000‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (74-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ 1:5000‬ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ‪ ،Layout‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.Close Activation‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (75-4‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.Close Activation‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ ،(Layout‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ‪ Dynamic Text‬ﻭﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪.(Name of Map‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺿﻔﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻛﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (76-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺺ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ً ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ ← 6‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ )‪ (Text‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )‪ (Elements pane‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ "ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ" ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ "ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 7‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ "ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ "General‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.Title‬‬
‫‪ ← 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ Name of Map‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪Tishreen University‬‬
‫‪ ← 9‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ " ‪ "Placement‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 10‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ )‪ (Text Symbol‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺽ )‪.(Gallery‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (77-4‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ← 11‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻥ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ← ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Grid‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺇﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ )‪ (Map frames‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ← Insert‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ )‪.(measured grid‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (78-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )‪ (Elements pane‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ "ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ" ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ "ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ← 12‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪ automatically adjust‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪interval‬‬
‫‪ ← 13‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ components‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Labels‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،X,Y‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Gridlines‬ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.X,Y‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (79-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،INSERT‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Map Surrounds‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (80-4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (81-4‬ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Share‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Export‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (82-4‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ‪ Export‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻅﻬﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (83-4‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (84-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (85-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (86-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (87-4‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻻﺳ ﺎﺟﺎت واﻟ ﺻ ﺎت‬

‫‪ .5.1‬اﻻﺳ ﺎﺟﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ GIS‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ESRI‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ً ﻭﺍﻓﻴﺎ ً ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺭﻗﻤﻨﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ‪ .(..‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻁﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ‪ ، DEM‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ ‪ .Hillshade map‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Slope map‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪ . Aspect map‬ﻭﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺟﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺙ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ™‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ GIS‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™ ‪ Esri‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻠﻲء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﻢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ )‪ (multicore‬ﻭﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (GUI‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ )‪ (ribbon-style‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ( ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺎﺕ )ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ ،PDF‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ (D2‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫)‪ (D3‬ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ ،(D4‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ‪ ArcMap‬ﻭ‪Arc Scene‬‬
‫ﻭ‪.ArcCatalog‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺃﺑﻀﺎ ً ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ArcGIS Online‬ﻭ ‪ArcGIS‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،Enterprise‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ ،Web GIS‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ArcGIS Online‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺰءﺍ ً ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ،ArcGIS Pro‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤ ّﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ )‪ (1‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ (2) .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5.2‬اﻟ ﺻ ﺎت‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻻً ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ﺃﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻋﻦ ‪ ArcGIS Desktop‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼً ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.ArcGIS Pro‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻟ اﺟﻊ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺑﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻐﺭﺍﻓﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺷﺭﻳﻥ‪-‬ﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪2017 ،‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺣﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻧﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ . 2 ‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺷﺭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻧﻳﺔ ‪ .2010 .‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﻔﺎﻑ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ" ‪. (2020).‬ﺑﻨﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ GIS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻁﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ‪.‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪Law, Michael, and Amy Collins. Getting to know ArcGIS PRO. Esri press, 2019. .4‬‬
‫‪Maribeth, Price. Mastering ArcGIS Pro. McGraw-Hill Education, 2020. .5‬‬
‫‪Tripp Corbin, G. I. S. P. Learning ArcGIS Pro. Packt Publishing Ltd, 2015. .6‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ‪https://pro.arcgis.com‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪https://www.esri.com‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

Summary
In recent years, GIS software has undergone great development in many levels, although the basics of
GIS have remained constant for a long time. In order to meet the requirements put forward by the global
GIS community, Esri™ had to start over with an entirely new methodology, laying a solid foundation that
would allow performance and experience to guide, the release of ArcGIS Pro. Which is the latest example
of this qualitative leap in keeping pace with the visual development of the GIS interface, and the
development in methods of sharing and editing on the web. Therefore, the idea of this project came to
shed light on this platform, which represents a qualitative leap in the field of GIS software.
The importance of this project comes from the fact that it provides an educational guide with practical
applications of the latest GIS software (ArcGIS Pro), where the project objectives can be summarized as
follows:
 Provide a step-by-step introductory guide on learning to use the latest ArcGIS™ software
‘ArcGIS Pro’ from Esri;®
 Topographical and detailed survey of an area within Tishreen University.
 Conducting practical applications within the ArcGIS Pro platform for the study area, by
producing a topographical map of the studied area and performing some topographical analyzes.
The project includes four main chapters, the first chapter explains the concepts of geographic information
systems (GIS), while the second chapter explains an introductory and detailed guide to the (ArcGIS Pro)
platform, and the third and fourth chapters provide a practical application (field and office) to produce a
topographic map within the Tishreen University campus, using ArcGIS Pro platform, with a number of
spatial analyzes performed.
Keywords : GIS, ArcGIS Pro, educational guide, Tishreen University.

Syrian Arab Republic
Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research
Tishreen University
Faculty of Civil Engineering
Department of Topographic Engineering
ArcGIS Pro Guide With Practical Applications

Production Of A Topographical Map And Spatial Analyzes
For An Area Within Tishreen University
S TUDY S UBMITTED F OR O BTAINING A B ACHELOR ' S D EGREE I N C IVIL E NGINEERING -

T OPOGRAPHICAL E NGINEERING
Prepared by:
Ahamd Iyad Mohammed Nour Sameer Ofaisa
Supervised by:
Dr. Eng. FADI CHAABAN
Dr. Eng.Iyad ABBAS
2020‐2021

مشروع تخرجArcGIS Pro 2021 اشراف د م فادي شعبان

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

مشروع تخرجArcGIS Pro 2021 اشراف د م فادي شعبان

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫ﻣﺷروع ﺗﺧرج‪ :‬إﻋداد أﺣﻣد ﻣﺣﻣد & ﻧور ﻋﻔﯾﺻﺔ ‪ -‬اﺷراف د ﻓﺎدي ﺷﻌﺑﺎن‬

‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃُﻋﺪ ﺕ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﻟﻮﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪ�ﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣــﺷــﺭﻑ ﻣـﺷـﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻣــﺷـــﺭﻑ ﺭﺋــﻳـــﺱ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ ‪2020-2021‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪12 ......................................................................... (GIS‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪12 ................................................................... :(GIS‬‬ ‫‪.1.2‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪13 ............................................................................ ‬‬ ‫‪.1.3‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪13 .......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.4‬‬

‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪14 .......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪16 .......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.6‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪18 ......................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪.1.7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ARCGIS PRO‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪19 .......................................................... ‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ™‪19 ............................................................................................... : Esri‬‬ ‫‪.2.2‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ™‪20 ..................................................................................... :ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.2.4‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ‪21 ......................................................................... :ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.2.5‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ArcGIS‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪21 ............................ :‬‬ ‫‪2.6.‬‬

‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ‪21 ........................................................................... :ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪2.7.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪24 ....................................... :ArcGIS Pro Extinctions‬‬ ‫‪.2.8‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪31 ................................................................................................. ‬‬ ‫‪.2.9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ )‪32 ..................................................................... :(ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.2.10‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ )‪53 ...................................................... (Managing Vector Data‬‬ ‫‪.2.11‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪54 ......................................................... (Organizing data files‬‬ ‫‪.2.12‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪55 ............................................................................ ‬‬ ‫‪.2.13‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ‪56 ............................................. Modifying and managing data‬‬ ‫‪2.14.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪57 ................................................................. Geodatabases‬‬ ‫‪2.15.‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪59 ....................................................... Database connections‬‬ ‫‪.2.16‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ‪59 ............................................ Projects and shared data‬‬ ‫‪.2.17‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪61 ................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.2.19‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ )‪63 ......................................................... .(Displaying rasters‬‬ ‫‪.2.20‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‪65 ................................................................................................ ‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‪65 .......................................................................................... :‬‬ ‫‪3.2.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪108 ................................................................ ARCGIS PRO‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪108 ........................................................................................ ArcGIS Pro‬‬ ‫‪.4.2‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ‪111 ................................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.3‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪112 ....................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.4‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪112 .................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.5‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪ (georeference‬ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪113 .................................................. ‬‬ ‫‪.4.6‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x-y‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪119 ............................................................................ ‬‬ ‫‪.4.7‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪122 ...................................................................................... ‬‬ ‫‪.4.8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ‪132 ............................................................Topographic analysis‬‬ ‫‪.4.9‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ ‪138 ................................................................... Creating a Layout‬‬ ‫‪.4.10‬‬

‫اﻻﺳ ﻨﺘﺎﺟﺎت‪ ‬واﻟﺘﻮﺻ ﺎت‪151 ............................................................................................................. ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-1‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-1‬ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-1‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬

‫اﻟ ﻌﻠ ﻣﺎت اﻟ ﻐ ا ﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬ ‫اﻟ ﻞ )‪ (8-1‬ﺗ ﻠ ﻼت ﻧ‬

‫اﻟ ﻌﻠ ﻣﺎت اﻟ ﻐ ا ﺔ )‪(GIS‬‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ق ﻋ ض اﻟ ﺎﻧﺎت ﺿ‬ ‫اﻟ ﻞ )‪(9-1‬‬

‫‪ .1.6‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ )‪ :(Polygons‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (11-1‬ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (12-1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﺔ ‪ ArcGIS Pro‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ™‪.ArcGIS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6-2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪AcrGIS Pro‬‬

‫‪ .2.7‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ‪:ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (7-2‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (9-2‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (10-2‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ArcGIS Pro‬‬